HomeMy WebLinkAboutPermit PL18-0059 - STRANDER BLVD SITE ACCESS - SPECIAL PERMISSIONSTRANDER BLVD SITE ACCESS
0005800012
PARENT FILE
PL18-0059
THIS FILE
L18-0069
SPECIAL PERMISSION/SENSITIVE AREAS
10/30/2019
Mail - Jaimie Reavis - Out/
Special Permission Permit #L18-0069 - PWI Strander Access
Dan Balmelli <dbalmelli@barghausen.com>
Wed 2/13/2019 6:23 PM
To: Jaimie Reavis <Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov>
Cc: Moody, Don @ Tacoma <Don.Moody@cbre.com>; Patton, Teresa @ Tacoma <Teresa.Patton@cbre.com>; Betsy Dyer
<bdyer@barghausen.com>
Hi Jamie, as a follow up to our discussion, this email is to request that the City withdraw the Special Permission
Permit # L18-0069 since the project has been modified to eliminate any impacts to the adjacent wetland buffer.
Let me know If you need any further information to withdraw this permit.
Thanks
Dan Balmelli I Executive Vice President
Office: 425-251-6222 I Mobile: 206-396-8588
Barghausen Consulting Engineers, Inc.
18215 72nd Avenue South, Kent, WA 98032
www.barghausen.com
CAUTION: This email originated from outside the City of Tukwila network. Please DO NOT open
attachments or click links from an unknown or suspicious origin.
https://outlook.office365.com/mail/deeplink?version=2019102103.13&popoutv2=1 1/1
21:0 BARGI-IAUAN
January 28, 2019
Jaimie Reavis
City of Tukwila
Planning Division
6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Suite 100
Tukwila, WA 98188
RE: Strander Car Center Project
7400 South 158th Street, Tukwila, Washington
City of Tukwila Special Permission, Director L18-0069
Our Job No. 10431
Dear Jaimie:
•
p FD
JA4 2 8 2019
Corevnunity
Deve&Jpment
We have revised the plans and technical documents for the project referenced above in accordance with
your letter dated October 23, 2018 for Application No. L18-0069 Special Permission, Director. Enclosed
are the following plans and documents for your review and approval:
1. Three (3) each Response to Comments Letter prepared by Soundview Consultants
2. Three (3) each revised Wetland Delineation and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment Report
3. Three (3) sets revised Civil Engineering Design Plans
4. One (1) each CD Containing PDF Files
The following outline provides each of the comments in italics, along with a narrative response describing
how each comment was addressed:
PLANNING DIVISION
1. The first page of the Wetland Delineation and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment Report
mentions that the project has been carefully designed in order to avoid and minimize impacts
to sensitive areas to the greatest extent feasible, but that avoidance of impacts to the wetland
buffer is not possible. Please provide more information on (1) why the existing access from
Longacres Way can't be used and a new access point must be constructed; (2) why the width
and location of the access from the unimproved right-of-way cannot be designed differently to
avoid impacts to the wetland impact altogether.
Response: Please refer to the enclosed letter prepared by Soundview Consultants and
revised Wetland Delineation and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment Report.
2. TMC section 18.45.070 lists the permitted uses within sensitive areas and sensitive area
buffers. Motorized vehicle access within wetlands and wetland buffers is limited to essential
public streets, roads and rights -of -way as defined by TMC Section 18.06.285. Additionally,
public and private access permitted within a sensitive area and sensitive area buffers shall be
limited to trails, boardwalks, covered or uncovered viewing and seating areas, footbridges
only if necessary for access to other areas of the property, and displays (such as interpretive
signage or kiosks), and must be located in areas that have the lowest sensitivity to human
disturbance or alteration. Access features shall be the minimum dimensions necessary to
avoid adverse impacts to the sensitive area. Disturbance of the wetland buffer to allow a
private access driveway does not appear to be a permitted use.
Response: Please refer to the enclosed letter prepared by Soundview Consultants and
revised Wetland Delineation and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment Report.
BARGHAUSEN CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC.
18215 72ND AVENUE SOUTH KENT, WA 98032 P) 425-251-6222 F) 425-251-8782
BRANCH OFFICES: TUMWATER, WA KLAMATH FALLS, OR LONG BEACH, CA ROSEVILLE, CA SAN DIEGO, CA
barghausen.com
.2'
. •
Jaimie Reavis
City of Tukwila
Planning Division -2- January 28, 2019
Parks & Recreation Department
1. This project needs to be coordinated with future projects for the right-of-way at this location.
The City currently has preliminary design work to connect Strander Blvd. through to Renton
at this location.
Response: The applicant has been coordinating with City staff over the past two years
relative to the City's proposed future Strander Boulevard project. In the most recent meeting,
it was confirmed that since the timing of completion of the City's project is not known, the
proposed driveway will be coordinated and incorporated into the City's project if and when it
is completed in the future.
2. Applicant will need to provide traffic and trail intersection safety plan, for City review and
approval, to ensure the safety of trail users.
Response: Signage has been provided on the proposed access plan for both vehicle traffic
and pedestrian traffic for review and approval.
3. Please provide detailed plans and specifications for the intersection where the proposed
commercial driveway crosses the Interurban Trail.
Response: The proposed access plan includes detailed grades, pavement sections and
appropriate signage as required for construction.
We believe that the above responses, together with the enclosed revised plans and technical documents,
address all of the comments in your letter dated October 23, 2018. Please route the enclosed plans and
documents for review and approval at your earliest convenience. If you have questions or need
additional information, please do not hesitate to contact me at this office. Thank you.
Respectfully,
Daniel K. Balmelli, P.E.
Executive Vice President
DKB/dm
10431 c.008.doc
enc: As Noted
cc: Don Moody, CBRE
Ali Sadr, Barghausen Consulting Engineers, Inc.
‘A,g4€e-
•
Soundview Consultants LLC
Environmental Assessment • Planning • Land Use Solutions
2907 Harborview Dr., Suite D, Gig Harbor, WA 98335
Phone: (253) 514-8952 Fax: (253) 514-8954
RECEIVED
JAN 2 8 2019
Community
Development
Technical Memorandum
To: Minnie Dhaliwal, City of Tukwila
From: Jon Pickett, Soundview Consultants LLC
Re:
File Number: 1244.0003
Date: January 11, 2019
Response to City Comments — Strander Boulevard — 7400 South 158th Street,
Tukwila, WA (Application # PW15-0168)
Dear Ms. Dhaliwal,
Soundview Consultants LLC (SVC) has been assisting Puget Western (Applicant) with a wetland and
fish and wildlife habitat assessment and environmental planning for the proposed access
improvements from Strander Boulevard at West Valley Highway to facilitate future development of a
4.26-acre commercial property located on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila, Washington.
The subject property is situated in the Southwest'/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North, Range 4, W.M.
(King County Parcel Numbers 0005800012, 0005800008 and 2523049023).
Following the City of Tukwila's (City) Correction Letter October 23, 2018 in response to the review of
SVC's revised Wetland and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment Report and Buffer Reduction and Enhancement
Plan, the Applicant, project engineer, and SVC met with the City on December 4, 2018 to discuss the
proposed project. During this meeting the City requested the applicant review potential design
alternatives to potentially eliminate the need for the buffer reduction. In coordination with the project
engineer after the meeting, it was determined that the buffer reduction was no longer required for the
ROW/access improvements. Therefore, all reference of the buffer reduction and subsequent
enhancement plan have been removed from SVC's revised report dated January 2019 and associated
plans. These revision should adequately address the City's comments and concerns regarding
mitigation sequencing under Planning Division comments 1-2 on the comment letter dated October
23, 2018.
The Wetland and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment and Buffer Reduction and Enhancement Plan
has been revised in response to the City's comments and follow-up meeting to move forward with the
proposed ROW/access improvements along Strander Boulevard. Please do not hesitate to contact
me with any question or concerns you may have.
Soundview Consultants uc January 11, 2019
1244.0003— Response to City Comments — Strander Boulevard Page 1 of 2
Py
•
Sincerely,
Jon Pickett,
Senior Environmental Planner/Scientist
Office: 253.514.8952
jonna,soundviewconsultants. com
i
Soundview Consultants LLC January 11, 2019
1244.0003— Response to City Comments — Strander Boulevard Page 2 of 2
10/30/2019
•
Mail - Jaimie Reavis - Out110
Fw: L18-0069 Strander Car Center, Notice of Application- Request for more information
Jaimie Reavis
Thu 11/29/2018 11:46 AM
To: Dan Balmelli <dbalmelli@barghausen.com>
Dan,
Please see the comment we received on this project from the Muckleshoot Indian Tribe in the email
below.
Thank you,
Jaimie
Jaimie Reavis
Senior Planner 'City of Tukwila
6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100ITukwila, WA 98188
ph: (206) 431-3659
Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov ( www.tukwilawa.gov
The City of opportunity, the community of choice.
From: Karen Walter <KWalter@muckleshoot.nsn.us>
Sent: Monday, November 19, 2018 11:27 AM
To: Jaimie Reavis
Subject: RE: L18-0069 Strander Car Center, Notice of Application- Request for more information
Jaimie,
Thank you again for sending us the requested materials for the "Strander Car Center" project referenced above.
We have reviewed this information and offer these comments:
The site plans show a proposed road improvement section to "future development" on the parcels to the north. It
seems allow this wetland buffer impact is premature without knowing more about the proposed future development
to the north that needs the improved access.
How will the City ensure that cumulative impacts to the wetlands are appropriately addressed, including any
changes to the nearby PSE power line corridor and the UPRR rail line?
Please advise.
Karen Walter
Watersheds and Land Use Team Leader
Muckleshoot Indian Tribe Fisheries Division
Habitat Program
https://outlook.office365.com/mail/deeplink?version=2019102103.13&popoutv2=1 1/4
10/30/2019 Mail - Jaimie Reavis - Outlook 111
39015-A 172nd Ave SE
Auburn, WA 98092
253-876-3116
From: Jaimie Reavis [mailto:Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov] •
Sent: Tuesday, October 30, 2018 3:29 PM
To: Karen Walter
Cc: Minnie Dhaliwal
Subject: Re: L18-0069 Strander Car Center, Notice of Application- Request for more information
I don't see the comment letter attached in the email I just sent you....it's attached here.
Jaimie Reavis
Senior Planner I City of Tukwila
6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100ITukwila, WA 98188 •
ph: (206) 431-3659
Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov I www.tukwilawa.gov
The City of opportunity, the community of choice.
From: Jaimie Reavis
Sent: Tuesday, October 30, 2018 3:27:01 PM
To: Karen Walter
Cc: Minnie Dhaliwal
Subject: Re: L18-0069 Strander Car Center, Notice of Application- Request for more information
Hi Karen,
Sorry you were having trouble getting in contact. Attached are the Civil Plans and wetland delineation
report. I sent a comment letter out to the applicant already, and that is attached here as well.
Please contact me with any questions.
Thank you,
Jaimie
Jaimie Reavis
Senior Planner 'City of Tukwila
6300 Southcenter Blvd, Suite 100ITukwila, WA 98188
ph: (206) 431-3659
Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov I www.tukwilawa.gov
The City of opportunity, the community of choice.
From: Karen Walter <KWalter@muckleshoot.nsn.us>
Sent: Monday, October 29, 2018 8:40:53 AM
https://outlook.office365.com/mail/deeplink?version=2019102103.13&popoutv2=1 2/4
10/30/2019
• Mail - Jaimie Reavis - Outl•
To: Jaimie Reavis
Cc: Minnie Dhaliwal
Subject: FW: L18-0069 Strander Car Center, Notice of Application- Request for more information
Jaimie,
I have been trying to send the email below for the last two weeks. The last one sent on Monday bounced back but
I didn't get the notice until today.
Can you help us?
Thank you,
Karen Walter
Watersheds and Land Use Team Leader
Muckleshoot Indian Tribe Fisheries Division
Habitat Program
39015-A 172nd Ave SE
Auburn, WA 98092
253-876-3116
From: Karen Walter
Sent: Monday, October 22, 2018 2:45 PM
To: Jaimie Reavis
Subject: FW: L18-0069 Strander Car Center, Notice of Application- Request for more information
Jaimie,
We mistakenly sent the email below to Shana and it should have gone to you. Is there additional information for
this project as we requested?
Thank you!
Karen Walter
Watersheds and Land Use Team Leader
Muckleshoot Indian Tribe Fisheries Division
Habitat Program
39015-A 172nd Ave SE
Auburn, WA 98092
253-876-3116
From: Karen Walter
Sent: Monday, October 15, 2018 8:54 AM
To: 'Shana Markstrom'
Subject: RE: L18-0069 Strander Car Center
Jamie,
We received this postcard notice. Is there additional information available such as a site plan; wetland delineation
report and mitigation plan? If so, we request copies of these documents. Please note that we prefer electronic
copies, if available.
https://outlook.office365.com/mail/deepli nk?version=2019102103.138popoutv2=1
3/4
10/30/2019 • Mail - Jaimie Reavis - Outlook •
Thank you!
Karen Walter
Watersheds and Land Use Team Leader
Muckleshoot Indian Tribe Fisheries Division
Habitat Program
39015-A 172nd Ave SE
Auburn, WA 98092
253-876-3116.
From: Shana Markstrom [mailto:DCD-Admin@TukwilaWA.gov]
Sent: Monday, October 08, 2018 8:57 AM
To: Christie.Most@kingcounty.gov; Laura Murphy; Karen Walter; Mike Middleton;
tukwilahistsociety@tukwilahistory.org; rcwieser@comcast.net
Subject: L18-0069 Strander Car Center
Dear Official
Please see attached Notice of Application for project L18-0069 STRANDER CAR CENTER. Please contact
Project Planner Jaimie Reavis at jaimie.reavis@tukwilawa.gov or 206.431.3659 with any questions.
Thank you,
Shana Markstrom
Administrative Support Specialist' City of Tukwila
6300 Southcenter B1, Suite 100 I Tukwila, WA 98188
T: 206-431-3670 I F: 206-431-3665
DCD-Admin@TukwilaWA.gov I http://wwwTukwilaWA.gov
The city of opportunity, the community of choice
CAUTION: This email originated from outside the City of Tukwila network. Please DO NOT open
attachments or click links from an unknown or suspicious origin.
CAUTION: This email originated from outside the City of Tukwila network. Please DO NOT open
attachments or click links from an unknown or suspicious origin.
https://outlook.office365.com/mail/deeplink?version=2019102103.13&popoutv2=1 4/4
•
wgsZ City of Tukwila
Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director
October 23, 2018
Mr. Dan Balmelli
Barghausen Consulting Engineers
18215 72"d Ave S
Kent, WA 98032
RE: L18-0069 Special Permission, Director for "Strander Car Center"
(Parcel #s 0005800012, 0005800008, and 2523049023)
Dear Mr. Balmelli,
•
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
The City of Tukwila has completed review of materials submitted for a Special Permission to the
Director, to reduce the buffer of a Category IV wetland for construction of a driveway within the
unimproved public right-of-way of Strander Blvd. Public Works, Building, and the Fire Department have
no comments at this time. Corrections from the Planning Division and the Parks & Recreation
Department are listed below:
Planning Division
1. The first page of the Wetland Delineation and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment Report
mentions that the project has been carefully designed in order to avoid and minimize impacts
to sensitive areas to the greatest extent feasible, but that avoidance of impacts to the wetland
buffer is not possible. Please provide more information on (1) why the existing access from
Longacres Way can't be used and a new access point must be constructed; (2) why the width
and location of the access from the unimproved right-of-way cannot be designed differently to
avoid impacts to the wetland impact altogether.
2. TMC section 18.45.070 lists the permitted uses within sensitive areas and sensitive area buffers.
Motorized vehicle access within wetlands and wetland buffers is limited to essential public
streets, roads and rights -of -way as defined by TMC Section 18.06.285. Additionally, public and
private access permitted within a sensitive area and sensitive area buffers shall be limited to
trails, boardwalks, covered or uncovered viewing and seating areas, footbridges only if
necessary for access to other areas of the property, and displays (such as interpretive signage
or kiosks), and must be located in areas that have the lowest sensitivity to human disturbance
or alteration. Access features shall be the minimum dimensions necessary to avoid adverse
impacts to the sensitive area. Disturbance of the wetland buffer to allow a private access
driveway does not appear to be a permitted use.
Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov
• •
L18-0069
Special Permission, Director
October 23, 2018
Page 2
Parks & Recreation Department
1. This project needs to be coordinated with future projects for the right-of-way at this location.
The City currently has preliminary design work to connect Strander Blvd. through to Renton at
this location.
2. Applicant will need to provide traffic and trail intersection safety plan, for City review and
approval, to ensure the safety of trail users.
3. Please provide detailed plans and specifications for the intersection where the proposed
commercial driveway crosses the Interurban Trail.
Please revise applicable plans and materials that address the comments above. For questions about
any of the above comments, please contact the applicable representative from each department, as
follows:
Planning Division: Jaimie Reavis, 206-431-3659, Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov
Parks & Recreation Department: Robert Eaton, 206-767-2332, Robert.Eaton@TukwilaWA.gov
Phone: 206-433-1800 • Email: Mayor@TukwilaWA.gov • Website: TukwilaWA.gov
• .
L18-069
(PL18-0059)
Parks & Recreation Comments
Reviewer: Robert Eaton
9/24/18
This project needs to be coordinated with future projects for this site/ROW.
Applicant will need to provide traffic and trail intersection safety plan, for city review and approval, to
ensure safety of trail users.
Also, please provide detailed plans and specifications for the intersection where the proposed
commercial driveway crosses the Interurban Trail.
eity of J u11wiea
Department Of Community Development
AFFIDAVIT OF DISTRIBUTION
I, _Shama Markstrom , HEREBY DECLARE THAT:
x
Notice of Application
Notice of Decision
Notice of Public Hearing
Notice of Public Meeting
Determination of Non-
Significance
Mitigated Determination of Non -
Significance
Determination of
Significance & Scoping
Notice
Short Subdivision Agenda
Notice of Application for
Shoreline Mgmt Permit
Shoreline Mgmt Permit
Board of Appeals Agenda
Packet
Board of Adjustment Agenda Packet
Official Notice
Notice of Action
Other:
Was mailed to each of the addresses listed/attached
on this 8th day of October, 2018
Project Name: Strander Car Center
Project Number: PL18-0069
Associated File Number (s): L18-0069
Mailing requested by: Jaimie Reavis
Mailer's signature:
C:\USERS\DCD-ADM IN\DOCUMENTS\MAILINGS\AFFIDAVIT OF DISTRIBUTION.DOC
•
CORRECTION
Soundview Consultants
Environmental Assessment • Planning • Land Use Solutions
2907 Harborview Drive, Suite .D
Gig Harbor, WA 98335
•
RECEIVED
AUG 13 2018
TUKWILA
PUBLIC WORKS
Memorandum
To: Minnie Dhaliwal, City of Tukwila
From: Jon Pickett, Soundview Consultants LLC
Re: PW-15-0168: Response to Comments/Revised Assessment Report — Strander
Boulevard
File Number: 1244.0003
Date: August 8, 2018
Dear Ms. Dhaliwal,
Soundview Consultants LLC (SVC) is assisting Puget Western (Applicant) with a wetland delineation
and fish and wildlife habitat assessment and buffer reduction plan for a proposed road access
construction from Strander Boulevard at West Valley Highway to a potential future development
site of a 4.26-acre commercial property located on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila,
Washington. The subject property is situated in the Southwest 1/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North,
Range 4, W.M. (King County Parcel Numbers 0005800012, 0005800008 and 2523049023). SVC is
responding to City of Tukwila comments prepared by Ms. Dhaliwal.
1. A request to reduce the buffer of the wetland still has not been submitted for review by DCD. The need for
this land use application was noted in our comments on March 8, 2016 as well as on July 17, 2017.
A special permission -director (buffer reduction application) is provided with this resubmittal.
2. The entire reduced buffer area that is controlled by the applicant must be enhanced rather than the small area
shown on the planting plan in the revised wetland delineation report submitted by Soundview Consultants.
The entire reduced onsite buffer area is proposed to be restored in the revised plan set by SVC
dated 7/10/2018.
3. Please identify how the plants will be watered if no irrigation rystem is proposed for installation.
If drier than normal conditions are experienced, plantings susceptible to drier conditions will be
watered with a water truck or other applicable alternative for the first two years while the
plantings become established, as noted on the revised plan set by SVC.
4. Correct the planting plan to reflect the actual trees that will be installed - if conifers are not to be used, please
remove that notation from the mitigation plantings sheet. Also add a note regarding where the live stakes will
be planted and update the number of trees and shrubs that will be planted based on the larger buffer
restoration area.
The planting plan has been revised and the conifer notation has been removed. A note regarding
live stakes has been added on sheet 2 under "Planting Notes". Plant quantiles have been revised
based on the entire onsite buffer area proposed to be restored.
S. Also, as previously requested, provide information about the proposed use of the future development of this
site. Please note that the zoning of the properly is TUC (TOD). See TMC 18.28, Table 2 for permitted
uses in the TUC-TOD district.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Memorandum — Response to Comments August 8, 2018
• •
The proposed future development is undetermined at this time; however, future development
will be consistent with nearby and allowed zoning uses per (TUC [TOD]).
Please contact me as quickly as possible should you have any additional questions.
Sincerely,
gLs9P—i
Jon Pickett
Senior Environmental Planner/Scientist
Soundview Consultants LLC
2907 Harborview Drive, Suite D
Gig Harbor, WA 98335
(253) 514-8952 Office
jon@soundviewconsultants.com
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Memorandum — Response to Comments August 8, 2018
•
City of Tukwila
Allan Ekberg, Mayor
Department of Community Development - Jack Pace, Director
NOTICE OF COMPLETE APPLICATION
August 12, 2018
Mr. Dan Balmelli
Barghausen Consulting Engineers
18215 72nd Ave. S.
Kent, WA 98032
Sent via email to: dbalmelli@barghausen.com
RE: Strander Car Center Special Permission, Land Use File # L18-0069 (Project File #PL18-0059)
Dear Mr. Balmelli,
Your application for a Special Permission to the Director requesting approval of a wetland buffer reduction
and restoration plan for proposed access improvements from Strander Blvd. at West Valley Highway, for a
future development that has not yet been identified, was considered complete on September 10, 2018 for
the purposes of meeting state -mandated time requirements. The future development is planned on
parcel number 0005800012 (owned by Puget Western Inc.). Other parcels listed on the application,
through which future access may be constructed from the access point proposed on Strander Blvd.,
include 0005800008 (owned by Puget Sound Energy/PSE) and 2523049023 (owned by PSE). The subject
wetland and associated wetland buffer are located on parcels 2523049023 (owned by PSE) and
2523049024 (owned by Union Pacific Railroad).
This determination of complete application does not preclude the ability of the City to require that you
submit additional plans or information, if in our estimation such information is necessary to ensure the
project meets the substantive requirements of the City or to complete the review process.
This notice of complete application applies only to the permit identified above. It is your responsibility to
apply for and obtain all necessary permits issued by other agencies.
Please feel free to contact me with any questions at Jaimie.Reavis@TukwilaWA.gov or (206) 431-3659.
Sincerely,
Jaimie Reavis
Senior Planner
Tukwila City Hall • 6200 Southcenter Boulevard • Tukwila, WA 98188 • 206-433-1800 • Website: TukwilaWA.gov
WETLAND DELINEATION AND FISH AND WILDLIFE
HABITAT ASSESSMENT REPORT
STRANDER BOULEVARD
JANUARY 2017
REVISED JANUARY 2019
RECEIVED
JAN 28 2019
Community
Development
Soundview
Consultants
Environmental Assessment
Planning + Land Use Solutions
WETLAND DELINEATION AND FISH AND WILDLIFE
HABITAT ASSESSMENT REPORT
STRANDER BOULEVARD
JANUARY 17, 2017
REVISED JANUARY 11, 2019
PROJECT LOCATION
15643 WEST VALLEY HWY
TUKWILA, WA 98055
PREPARED FOR
PUGET WESTERN, INC.
P.O. Box 1529
BOTHELL, WA. 98041
PREPARED BY
SOUNDVIEW CONSULTANTS LLC
2907 HARBORVIEW DRIVE, SUITE D
GIG HARBOR, WASHINGTON 98335
(253) 514-8952
S oundview
Consultants
Environmental Assessment
Planning+Land Use Solutions
Executive Summary
Soundview Consultants LLC (SVC) has been assisting Puget Western (Applicant) with a wetland and
fish and wildlife habitat assessment for the proposed access improvements from Strander Boulevard
at West Valley Highway to facilitate future development of a 4.26-acre commercial property located
on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila, Washington. The subject property is situated in the
Southwest 1/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North, Range 4, W.M. (King County Parcel Numbers
0005800012, 0005800008 and 2523049023).
SVC investigated the subject property for the presence of potentially -regulated wetlands, waterbodies,
fish and wildlife habitat, and/or priority species in the fall of 2016. The site investigation identified
one potentially -regulated Category IV depressional wetland (Wetland A) on the subject property
extending offsite into the Union Pacific Railroad Right -of -Way (ROW), south of Strander Boulevard.
According to Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC) 18.45.080.D, Category IV wetlands require standard
50-foot buffers. No other wetlands, streams, or fish and wildlife habitat were identified in the vicinity
of the subject property.
This report has been revised to remove the buffer reduction and restoration plan per discussion with
the City of Tukwila staff on December 4, 2018 following the City's comment letter (City of Tukwila,
2018). Refer to SVC's response Technical Memorandum under separate cover for more detailed
information regarding this report revision (SVC, 2019).
The applicant proposes public ROW/access improvements from Strander Boulevard at West Valley
Highway to facilitate future development of the subject property. The proposed project is located
entirely outside of the identified critical areas and their associated buffers.
The summary table below identifies potential regulatory status of local, State, and Federal agencies.
Wetland
Size
Category'
Regulated Under TMC
Title 18.45
Regulated Under
RCW 90.48
Regulated Under
Clean Water Act
A
0.03 ac
IV
Yes
Yes
Likely
1. Washington State Department of Ecology (WSDOE) prior 2004 wetland rating methods per Ti\4C 18.45.080.B.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard i Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
— f — STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
REDUCED 25'
A,' WETLAND BUFFER
u
: PROPERTY BOUNDARY
r+�
A2 A3 AI 5
- ' — WETLAND A — CAT IV
APPROX. 1,265 SF
c,1tAPHIC CALK
r.wu
Site Map
W EST V ALLEY HIGHWAY
PROPERTY BOUNDARY__
INTERURBAN TRAIL
DP 3
DP2 _DP I
DP 7 DP 9 DP 8 DP 10 PROPERTY BOUNDARY
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised January 11, 2019
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction 1
Chapter 2. Project Location 2
2.1 Location 2
2.2 Project Description 2
Chapter 3. Methods 3
Chapter 4. Existing Conditions 4
4.1 Landscape Setting 4
4.2 Soils 4
4.3 Vegetation 4
4.4 Priority Habitats and Species 5
4.5 Precipitation 5
Chapter 5. Results 7
5.1 Wetlands 7
Chapter 6. Regulatory Considerations 10
6.1 Local, State, and Federal Compliance 10
Chapter 7. Closure 11
Chapter 8. References 12
Figures
Figure 1. Vicinity Map with Parcel Numbers. 2
Figure 2. Aerial Photograph of the Entire Subject Site. 5
Table 1.
Table 2.
Table 3.
Table 4.
Tables
Precipitation Summary' 5
Wetlands on the Subject Property 7
Wetland A Summary 8
Functions and Values of Existing Wetland A. 9
Appendix A
Appendix B —
Appendix C —
Appendix D
Appendix E —
Appendix F —
Appendices
— Methods and Tools
Background Information
Site Plan
— Data Sheets
Wetland Rating Forms
Qualifications
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard iii Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 1. Introduction
Soundview Consultants LLC (SVC) has been assisting Puget Western (Applicant) with a wetland and
fish and wildlife habitat assessment for the proposed access improvements from Strander Boulevard
at West Valley Highway to facilitate future development of a 4.26-acre commercial property located
on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila, Washington. The subject property is situated in the
Southwest '/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North, Range 4, W.M. (King County Parcel Numbers
0005800012, 0005800008 and 2523049023).
The purpose of this wetland delineation and fish and wildlife habitat assessment is to evaluate the
presence of potentially -regulated wetlands, fish and wildlife habitat, and/or priority species on or near
the subject property, and to provide regulatory considerations moving forward with the project.
This report provides conclusions and recommendations regarding:
• Site description and area of assessment;
• Background research of potentially -regulated critical areas and habitats within the vicinity of
the subject property;
• Identification, delineation, and assessment of potentially -regulated wetlands;
• Identification and assessment of potentially regulated fish and wildlife habitat;
• Standard buffer recommendations, building setbacks, and development limitations;
• Existing site map detailing identified critical areas and standard buffers;
Proposed site plan detailing the ROW improvements
• Supplemental information necessary for local regulatory review, and
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 1
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 2. Project Location
2.1 Location
The proposed project is located on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila, Washington. The
subject property is situated on 4.26-acres in the Southwest 1/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North,
Range 4, W.M. (King County Parcel Numbers 0005800012, 0005800008 and a portion of 2523049023)
(Figure 1).
To access the site from Interstate 5 North from the Tukwila area, merge onto State Route 405 north
via exit 154 towards Bellevue. Take exit 1 from State Route 405 north and turn right onto WA-181
South/West Valley Highway. Continue on West Valley Highway for approximately 0.4 miles and then
turn left onto Strander Boulevard. The subject property will be immediately on the left and right-hand
side between the Interurban Trail and the train tracks.
Figure 1. Vicinity Map with Parcel Numbers.
S I,60+ St
twlla Pk*S
Baker Blvd
Parcel -0008
Approximate
Location of
Subject Site
2.2 Project Description
*MAP WV
lnrglKe..
tei.WaN Alf.
Parcel -0012
Parcel -9023
The applicant proposes public ROW/access improvements from Strander Boulevard at West Valley
Highway to facilitate future development of the subject property. The proposed project is located
entirely outside of the identified critical areas and their associated buffers.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 2
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 3. Methods
SVC investigated the subject property for potentially regulated wetlands, and fish and wildlife habitat
on November 9, 2016. Wetland determinations were made using observable vegetation, hydrology,
and soils in conjunction with data from the U.S. Geographic Survey (USGS) topographic maps, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), National Wetlands Inventory (NWI), King County iMap, Soil
Survey of King County (Snyder, 1973), Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) local
precipitation data (NOAA), and various orthophotographic resources. Appendix A contains further
details for the methods and tools used to prepare this report.
Wetland boundaries were determined using the routine approach described in the U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers (USACE) Wetlands Delineation Manual (Environmental Laboratory, 1987) and modified
according to the guidelines established in the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland
Delineation Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (Version 2.0) (USACE, 2010). Qualified
wetland scientists marked boundaries of on -site wetland with orange surveyor's flagging labeled alpha -
numerically and tied to vegetation along the wetland boundary. Pink surveyor's flagging was labeled
alpha -numerically and tied vegetation at formal sampling locations to mark the points where detailed
data was collected. Additional tests pits were excavated at regular intervals inside and outside of the
wetland boundary' to further confirm the delineation.
SVC classified all wetlands using both the hydrogeomorphic (Brinson, 1993) and Cowardin
(Cowardin, 1979) classification systems, and assessed wetlands using the Wetland Functions
Characterisation Tool for Linear Projects (WSDOT, 2000). Following classification and assessment,
WSDOE-trained scientists rated and categorized all wetlands using the 2004 Washington State Wetlands
Rating System for Western Washington (Hruby, 2004).
The fish and wildlife habitat assessment was conducted during the same site visits by qualified fish
and wildlife biologists. Experienced biologists made visual observations using stationary and walking
survey methods for both aquatic and upland habitats noting any special habitat features or signs of
fish and wildlife activity.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 3
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised \Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 4. Existing Conditions
4.1 Landscape Setting
The subject property is a series of three parcels, extending for approximately one mile within a highly
urbanized area (Figure 2). The site abuts the Tukwila Amtrak Station to the east, various commercial
businesses to the south, the Interurban Trail and commercial development to the west, and various
commercial business to the north with Interstate 405 beyond.
The topography on the site is relatively flat. Parcel -0012 is level throughout at roughly 25 feet. The
northern section of Parcel -0008 slopes upward five feet to the northwest. The southern section of
Parcel -0008 slopes downward five feet to the northeast. The largest parcel, Parcel -9023, varies in
elevation by approximately five feet throughout.
The subject property is largely undeveloped except for a small parking area on Parcel -0008 and a
7,200 square foot warehouse on the northern end of Parcel -0012. In addition, powerlines run the
length of the site. There are also utilities in many locations across the subject property.
4.2 Soils
The NRCS Soil Survey of King County identified one soil series within the immediate project area:
Newberg silt loam. A soil map is provided in Appendix B4.
Newberg Silt Loam (Ng)
According to the survey, the Newberg soil series has well -drained soils that are 0-2 percent slopes.
More specifically, the Newberg silt loam series contains an A horizon that ranges from a dark brown
to dark grayish brown. The C horizon typically includes variable layers of silt loam, fine sandy loam,
loamy sand, and sand. Between depths of 30 to 40 inches, mottling can occur. These soils have
moderate permeability, and the seasonal water table is typically at a depth of three to four feet. These
areas are prime farmland (NRCS, 1973).
4.3 Vegetation
Upland vegetation is dominated by a suite of both native and non-native invasive plants. Native
species include an overstory of black cottonwood (Popu/uc balsamifera) and big -leaf maple (Acer
macrophyllum), and an understory of red -osier dogwood (Corpus alba) and snowberry (Symphoricarpos
albus). In the central portion of site non-native invasive plants dominate the southern portion of the
site and include Himalayan blackberry (Rubus armeniacus), English holly (Ilex aqu folium), English ivy
(Hedera helix), field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis), reed canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea), and creeping
buttercup (Ranunculus repens).
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 4
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Fi:ure 2. Aerial Photo raph of the Entire Subject Site.
Ilp Pkwy
swrl7tn St
:a
4.4 Priority Habitats and Species
Approximate
Location of
Subject Site
The (WDFW) (PHS) and USFWS NWI data both identify potential freshwater forested/shrub
wetlands on the subject site and a freshwater emergent wetland roughly 175 feet to the east of the
subject property (Appendix B). The City of Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map identifies a potential large
Category I/II wetland complex with an associated 100-foot buffer starting at the proposed road access
construction area where Strander Boulevard currently terminates at the railroad tracks, and continuing
for roughly one mile south. The WDFW interactive salmonid data map, SalmonScape does not
identify any potential fish presence on or adjacent to the subject property.
4.5 Precipitation
Precipitation data was obtained from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
weather station at SeaTac Airport in order to obtain percent of normal precipitation during and
preceding the investigations. A summary of data collected is provided in Table 1.
Table 1. Precipitation Summary'
Date
Day
of
Day
Before
1 Week
Prior
2 Weeks
Prior
Month to Date
(Observed/Normal)2
Year to Date
(Observed/Normal)2
Percent of
Normal
month/year)'
11/09/2016
0.1
0.00
0.27
0.35
2.39/1.82
12.44/5.3
131/235
' Precipitation volume provided in inches. Data obtained from NOAA (http://www.weather.gov/climate/index.php?wfo=sew) and \\ rather
Underground (http://www.wunderground.com/history/) for SeaTac Airport.
2' Month -to -date and year-to-date precipitation shown is from the first of the month to the date of the site visit, and from October 1" to the date of
the site visit.
Percent of normal shown is for the month/year.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 5
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised January 11, 2019
During the November site visit, month -to -date precipitation amounts were above normal (131 percent
of normal), with year-to-date precipitation at 235 percent above normal levels. This precipitation data
suggests that significantly high precipitation year-to-date may have caused some areas not normally
wet to become saturated and/or inundated at the time of the site investigations. Such conditions were
considered in making professional wetland boundary determinations.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 6
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 5. Results
' 5.1 Wetlands
5.1.1 Overview
The site investigation identified one potentially -regulated wetland (Wetland A) on the subject property
south of Strander Boulevard which extends offsite into the Union Pacific Railroad ROW. A separate
wetland was identified off site south of wetland A and is not part of the project application and is not
located near the proposed access improvements. As such, it will not be elaborated upon in this report.
The identified wetland contained indicators of wetland hydrology, hydric soils, and a predominance
of hydrophytic vegetation according to current wetland delineation methodology. No wetlands are
present on the subject property north of Strander Boulevard wetland data forms are provided in
Appendix D, and wetland rating forms are provided in Appendix E. Table 2 summarizes the wetlands
identified on the subject property.
Table 2. Wetlands on the Subject Property
Wetland
Predominant Wetland Classification / Rating
Wetland
Size
(acres)
Buffer
Width
(feet)E
CowardinA
HGMB
WSDOEc
City of
Tukwila°
A
PFOB
Depressional
IV
IV
0.03
50
Dotes.:
A. Cowardin et al. (1979) or National Wetland Inventory (NWI) Class based on vegetation: PEM = Palustrine Emergent; PSS = Palustrine Scrub -
Shrub; PFO = Palustrine Forested; Modifiers (-A, -B, -E, et cetera) = Water Regime or Special Situations
B. Brinson, M. M. (1993).
C. \WSDOE rating according to Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington 2004.
D. TMC 18.45.080.B definition.
E. TMC 18.45.080.D buffer standards.
Wetland A
Wetland A is approximately 9,970 square feet (0.22 acre) in size and is located in the center of the
subject property on the north end of parcel #9023, just south of Strander Boulevard. Hydrology for
Wetland A is provided by surface sheet flow, direct precipitation, a seasonally -high groundwater table,
and excess stormwater runoff from surrounding development and the adjacent railroad. Wetland
vegetation is dominated by Pacific willow, Sitka willow, red alder, and black cottonwood with an
understory of red -osier dogwood, salmonberry, Himalayan blackberry and small patches of morning
glory, reed canarygrass, and common bedstraw. Wetland A is a Palustrine Forested, Seasonally
Saturated wetland. Under TMC 18.45.080.B, Wetland A is a Category IV depressional wetland.
Table 3 summarizes Wetland A.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 7 Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Table 3. Wetland A Summa
WETLAND A — INFORMATION SUMMARY
Location: Located in the center of the sub•ect •ro.er ', •ust south of Strander Boulevard.
Local Jurisdiction
Tukwila
n f
=
WRIA
9-
Green/Duwamish
River Watershed
s
,:y
WSDOE Rating
Hrub , 2004
IV
w
City of Tukwila Ratin:
IV
' +'
City of Tukwila Buffer
Width
50 feet
,,i
Wetland Size
s uare feet
- .;, tll
' �L '- -- `
nt
_tI
Cowardin Classification
HGM Classification
Wetland Data Sheet(s)
PFOB
Depressional
DP-4 DP-5
'' • i 1, /
Upland Data Sheet (s)
DP-6
Dominant
Vegetation
Wetland A is dominated by Pacific willow,
with an understory of red -osier dogwood,
. atches of mornin • • 10 ', reed cana
Bound . Fla: color
Sitka willow, red alder
salmonberry, Himalayan
: ass, and common bedstraw.
Oran • e
and black cottonwood
blackberry, with small
Soils
Soils within the wetland were observed to have a dark greyish brown silt loam with faint
redoximorphic features over a dark grey depleted silt loam with prominent dark yellowish
brown redoximo . hic concentrations.
Hydrology
Hydrology for Wetland A is provided by surface sheet flow, direct precipitation, a
seasonally -high groundwater table, and excess stormwater runoff from surrounding
develo 9 ment and the adacent railroad.
Rationale for
Delineation
Wetland boundaries were determined by topographic drop and a transition to hydrophytic
ilant communi T.
Rationale for
Local Ratin •
Local rating is based upon WSDOE's 2004 rating method and TMC 18.45.080.B.
Wetland Functions Summ
Water Quality
Wetland A has a low potential to retain sediments and pollutants from surface runoff due
to the small size and limited contributing basin. Wetland A's score for Water Quality
Functions usin• the 2004 method is low 14 .
Hydrologic
The wetland provides a low level of hydrologic functions as it does not have a significant
depth of live storage. Wetland A's score for Hydrologic Functions using the 2004 method
is ve low 4 .
Habitat
Wildlife habitat functions provided by the wetland may include small bird forage and
nesting. Wetland A has a forested Cowardin classification but does not have 3 out of the
5 strata. Wetland A's score for Habitat Functions usin_ the 2004 method is low 6 .
Buffer
Condition
The buffer surrounding Wetland A is dominated by Himalayan blackberry where
ve•etated and develo .ed to the north b Strander Boulevard and to the west b a railroad.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 8
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised January 11, 2019
5.1.2 Hydrology
Wetland hydrology appears to be from surface sheet flow, seasonally -high groundwater, direct
precipitation, and excess surface water runoff from adjacent high intensity land uses. A culvert is
located on the north end of Wetland A where it has an intermittently flowing outlet and discharges to
the north.
5.1.3 Wetland Buffers
Wetland A is a Category IV depressional wetland under TMC 18.45.080.B. Per TMC 18.45.080.D,
Category IV wetlands are subject to standard 50-foot buffer due to the surrounding high -impact land
use. In addition, buildings and other structures require a 15-foot building setback from the buffer
(TMC 18.45.080.E).
5.1.4 Wetland Functions
Using the rapid assessment method (WSDOT, 2000), the wetland in the project area may provide
several water quality and hydrologic functions, such as sediment and toxin removal, limited stormwater
retention and infiltration, water quality enhancement, and minimal habitat for wildlife. However, these
functions are limited by vegetative cover and habitat diversity, wetland size, and the position of the
wetlands within the landscape. Wetland A is not likely to provide any function of educational value,
uniqueness, or heritage to the best of our professional judgement.
Table 4. Functions and Values of Existing Wetland A.
Function / Valuet
Wetland
A
Water Quality Functions
Sediment Removal
x
Nutrient and Toxicant Removal
x
Hydrologic Functions
Flood Flow Alteration
x
Erosion Control & Shoreline
Stabilization
Habitat Functions
Production & Export of Organic Matter
x
General Habitat Suitability
-
Habitat for Aquatic Invertebrates
x
Habitat for Amphibians
x
Habitat for. Wetland -Associated
Mammals
_
Habitat for Wetland -Associated Birds
x
General Fish Habitat
-
Native Plant Richness
-
Special Characteristics
Educational or Scientific Value
-
Uniqueness and Heritage
-
] `-"means that the function is not present; "x" means that the function is present is of lower quality; and "+" means the function
is present and is of higher quality.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 9
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 6. Regulatory Considerations
The results of the November 2016 site investigation identified one Category IV wetland (Wetland A)
on the subject property. One other potentially -regulated wetland was identified on -site approximately
300 feet south of the proposed project area on Parcel -9023. No other potentially -regulated wetlands,
waterbodies, priority species, or fish and wildlife habitat were identified on or near the subject
property. Regulatory considerations applicable to the proposed project are provided below.
6.1 Local, State, and Federal Compliance
TMC 18.45.080.B requires assessment using the WSDOE 2004 wetland rating system. Category IV
wetlands generally provide low levels of function, they are typically more disturbed, smaller, and/or
more isolated in the landscape than Category I, II, or III wetlands. Category IV wetlands provide low
levels of functions and score less than 30 out of 100 points. In addition, USACE, WSDOE and the
City will likely assert jurisdiction over on -site wetland under their respective codes and regulations.
Per TMC 18.45.080, Category IV wetlands located in areas of high intensity land use, such as those
identified on -site require a standard 50-foot buffer width with an additional 15-foot setback for
commercial development. At this time, the proposed ROW/access improvements on Strander
Boulevard avoid all impacts to Wetland A and associated buffer. All future critical area impacts
proposed under a future site development plan would need to be fully permitted through the City,
WSDOE, and/or the USACE.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 10
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 7. Closure
The findings and conclusions documented in this assessment report have been prepared for specific
application for the initial road access construction for the future development of the Strander
Boulevard site. These findings and conclusions have been developed in a manner consistent with that
level of care and skill normally exercised by members of the environmental science profession
currently practicing under similar conditions in the area. The conclusions and recommendations
presented in this assessment report are professional opinions based on an interpretation of
information currently available to us and are made within the operation scope, budget, and schedule
of this project. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made. In addition, changes in government codes,
regulations, or laws may occur. Due to such changes, our observations and conclusions applicable to
this assessment may need to be revised wholly or in part in the future.
Wetland status and boundaries identified by SVC are based on conditions present at the time of the
site visit and considered preliminary until the flagged wetland boundaries are validated by the
jurisdictional agencies. Validation of the wetland boundaries and jurisdictional status of such features
by the regulatory agencies provides a certification, usually written, that the wetland determination and
boundaries verified are the units that will be regulated by the agencies until a specific date or until the
regulations are modified. Only the regulatory agencies can provide this certification.
As wetlands and waterbodies are dynamic communities affected by both natural and human activities,
changes in boundaries may be expected; therefore, delineations cannot remain valid for an indefinite
period of time. Regulatory agencies typically recognize the validity of wetland delineations for a period
of five years after completion of an assessment report. Development activities on a site five years after
the completion of this assessment report may require reassessment of the wetland delineations. In
addition, changes in government codes, regulations, or laws may occur. Due to such changes, our
observations and conclusions applicable to this site may need to be revised wholly or in part.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 11
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Chapter 8. References
Brinson, M. M., 1993. A hydrogeomorphic classification for wetlands, Technical Report WRP-DE-4, U.S.
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
City of Tukwila. 2018. Correction Letter #3 for Strander Car Center — 7400 S 158ih St (application number
PW15-0168). June 8, 2018.
Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater
Habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service. Washington D.C.
Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical Report Y-
87-1, US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi.
Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC). 2018. Title 18.45 — Environmentally Sensitive Areas.
http://records.tukwilawa.gov/weblink/ 1 /edoc/56618/Tukwila%20Municipal%20Code%20-
%20Title%2018%20-%20Zoning.pdf. Current through December 15, 2018.
Hitchcock, C.L. and A. Cronquist, 1973. Flora of the Pacific Northwest. University of Washington Press.
Seattle, Washington.
Hruby, T., 2004. Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington. Washington State
Department of Ecology Publication # 04-06-25.
Lichvar, R.W., M. Butterwick, N.C. Melvin, and W.N. Kirchner. 2014. The National Wetland Plant List::
2014 Update of Wetland Ratings. Phytoneuron 2014-41: 1-42.
Munsell® Color, 2000. Munsell0 soil color charts. New Windsor, New York.
Natural Resources Conservation Service, 1995. Hydric Soils of Washington. U.S. Department of
Agriculture. Washington D.C.
Sheldon, D., T. Hruby, P. Johnson, K. Harper, A. McMillan, T. Granger, S. Stanley, and E. Stockdale.
2005. Wetlands in Washington State - Volume 1: A Synthesis of the Science. Washington State Department
of Ecology. Publication #05-06-006. Olympia, WA. [March 2005]
Snyder, Dale E., Philip S. Gale, Russell F. Pringle. 1973. Soil Survey of King Coundy Area, Washington.
United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, in cooperation with the
Washington Agricultural Experiment Station.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2010. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation
Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (Version 2.0), ed. J. S. Wakeley, R. W. Lichvar,
and C. V. Noble. ERDC/EL TR-10-3. Vicksburg, MS: U.S. Army Engineer Research and
Development
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 12
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix A Methods and Tools
Table A-1.
Methods and tools used to re are the report.
Parameter
Method or Tool
Website
- Reference
Wetland
Delineation
USAGE 1987 Wetland
Delineation Manual
http://cl.erdc.usace.anny.mil/elpu
Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers
Wetlands Dclincation Manual. Technical Report Y-87-1, US
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
Mississippi.
bs/pdf/wlman87.pdf
Regional Supplement to
the Core of Engineers
Wetland Dclincation
Manual: Western
Mountains, Valleys, and
Coast Region (Version
2.0)
http://www.usacc.am-iy.mil/CEC
\V/Documents/cecwo/reg/west_
mt_finalsupp.pdf
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2010. Regional
Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation
Manual: \Vestern Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
(Version 2.0), ed. J. S. \Vakcley, R. W. Lichvar, and C. V.
Noble. ERDC/EL TR-10-3. Vicksburg, MS: U.S. Army
Engineer Research and Development Center.
Wetland
Classification
USFWS / Cowardin
Classification System
http://waw.fws.gov/nwt/Pubs IZ
Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golct, E. T. LaRoe. 1979.
Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the
United States. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
eports/Class Manual/class titlepg
him
Hydrogeomorphic
Classification (HGM)
System
Jittp://el.erdc.usace.army.mil/wetla
Brinson, M. M. (1993). "A hydrogeomorphic classification
for wetlands," Technical Report \VRP-DE-4, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
nds/pdfs/wrpde4.pdf
Wetland Rating
Washington State
Wetland Rating System
Jittps://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/public
Hruby, T. (2004). lVasbinglon _V late Wetland RatingSystem for
Western Washington 2004. (Publication #04-06-025).
Olympia, \VA: Washington Department of Ecology.
atinns/documents/1406029.pdf
Tukwila Municipal
Code
hrtp://records,tukwilawa.gov/Web
2004 Western Washington Wetland Rating System in use
per Tukwila Municipal Code Title 18.45.080.
Link8/1/doe/56618/F.Iertronicas
1-X
Wetland Indicator
Status
2014 National Wetland
Plant List
h//wetland plants.usace.am�y
Lichvar, R.\V., M. Buttervick, N.C. Melvin, and W.N.
Kirchner. 2014. The National \Vetland Plant List: 2014
Update of Wetland Ratings. Phytoneuron 2014-41: 1-42.
MIL
Plant Names
USDA Plant Database
http://plants.usda.gov/
Website
Soils Data
NRCS Soil Survey
htrp://wchsoilsurvcy.nres.usda.gov
Website GIS data based upon:
Snyder, Dale E., Philip S. Gale, Russell F. Pringle. 1973.
Soil Survey of King Comb, Ames, Washington. United States
Deparmient of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, in
cooperation with the Washington Agricultural Experiment
Station.
/app/WcbSoilSurvcy,asp.
Hydric Soils Data
King County Hydric
Soils List
hrrp•//www.wa.nres usdagnv/tech
Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2001. Hydric
Soils List: King County, Washington. U.S. Department of
Agriculture. Washington D.C.
nical/soils/hydric lists/hydsoil-wa-
653.pdf
Threatened and
Endangered
Species
Washington Natural
Heritage Program
hrrp://wwvw.dnr.wa.gov/nhp/
Washington Natural Heritage Program (Data published
10/15/08). Endangered, threatened, and sensitive plants of
Washington. Washington State Deparmient of Natural
Resources, Washing
Mton Natural Heritage Program,
Olympia, \Vt\
and
http://w+wvl.dnr.+va.gov/nhp/ref
desk/datascarch/wnhpwerlands pc{
f
Washington Priority
Habitats and Species
bttp://wdfw.wa.gov/hab/phspage
Priority Habitats and Species (PHS) Program. Map of
priority habitats and species in project vicinity. Washington
Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDF\V).
Jum
NOAA fisheries species
list and maps
bttp://ww'v,nwr noaa gov/FSA-
Website
,
Salmon-l.istinp, /Salmon-
Populations/index elm
and
hrtp://www.nmfs.noaa gov/pr/sp
ecies/
USFWS species lists by
County
btrp•//wvw five Lov/westwafwo/s
\Vebsite ,
e/SE List/endangered Species asp
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised]anuary 11, 2019
Parameter
• ' Method or Tool • :
Website
Reference
Species of Local
importance
WDRX' G1S Data
hap://wdfw.wa,gov/mapping/sal
Website
tnonscape/
Report
Preparation
Tukwila Municipal
Code
htrp://Nww mrsc.org/codcs.ispx
Tukwila Municipal Code Title 18.45.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix B Background Information
This Appendix includes a USFWS NWI Map (B1), Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map (B2) King County
Topographic Map (B3), NRCS Soil Survey Map (B4), WDFW SalmonScape Map (B5), WDFW PHS
Map (B6).
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Wetlands
Appendix B1. USFWS NWI Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
January 11.2017
King Parcels _OueryResvt ■ Freshwater Forestedi'Shrut Wetland
■ Freshwater Pond
IIEstuanne and Marne Deepwate£ ■ Lake
• Estuanne ano Marne Wetland ■ Other
US. Psi.) Orel 'NW* Serrtte MOM SanOmas r S'avat Team.
▪ Freshwater Emergent W'etlanc IIIRiuerne aentrow,_ smQwsoov. wnMn.2cawetarus•
QV Cary
Pitt •-di Winn: ors! Cap. vJ
1:4,514
0035 0.07 0 14 eri
0 0 0425 0-085 0.17 kn.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix B2. Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map
Legend
Tukwila City Limits
• Potential Watercourse Daylghtng Sites
— Type 2 Stream
— Type 2 Stream in Pipe
Type 3 Stream
— Type 3 Stream rn Pipe
Type 4 Stream
— Type 4 Stream in Pipe
Type 2 Watercourse Buffer (100')
Type 3 Watercourse Buffer (80')
Type 4 Watercourse Buffer (59)
• Potenoal Wetlands
III Category 18 II Wetland
• Category III Wetland
II Category IV Wetland
❑ Category 18 11 Wetland Buffer (100')
❑ Category III Wetland Buffer (80')
7 Category IV Wetland Buffer (59)
Slope Classifications
2 .e.......
• r........e•. ,.,
v
e
000
00006�
Ten Ply
Parana
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
Tent Dr
rtrurr etie
1
a
1
A
MS It
a
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix B3. King County Topographic Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix B4.
NRCS Soil Survey Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
January 11, 2017
NRCS_Shc_Sureey
1:4,514
O 0.0425 0.085
0.17 ml
O 0.042 93.085 0.17 km
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix B5.
WDFW SalmonScape Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
January 11.2017
— AN SalmonSceCe Spenes
1:4,514
0 0.0425 0.085
I �
0 0.04250.085 0.171011
0.17 ml
• 1
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Appendix B6.
WDFW PHS Map
January 10, 2017
PHS Report Clip Area POLY
• PT
— LN
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
AS MAPPED
SECTION
QTR-TW P
TOWNSHIP
1:19,842
0 0.15 0.3
0 0.275 0 55
0.6 rn
1.1km
Source. Rol. DptalGkce. GerEye. Eahta Geowaolics. CNESfAA&
DS. USDA USGS. AeoGIID. IC J. arc heGIS User Corrmtroty
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants l.l.0
March 28, 2018
0J WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND WILDLIFE
- PRIORITY HABITATS AND SPECIES REPORT
SOURCE DATASET: PHSPIusPublic
REPORT DATE: 01/10/2017 3.42
Query ID: P170110154117
Common Name
Scientific Name
Notes
Site Name
Source Dataset
Source Record
Source Date
Priority Area
Occurrence Type
More Information (URL)
Mgmt Recommendations
Accuracy
Federal Status Sensitive Data
State Status Resolution
PHS Listing Status
Source Entity
Geometry Type
Freshwater Emergent
N/A
NWtWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
http7Anvw.ecy.wa.
NA
N/A
N/A
PHS Listed
N
AS MAPPED
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
http://www.ecy.via.
NA
N/A
N/A
PHS Listed
N
AS MAPPED
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
NA N/A N
N/A AS MAPPED
httpl/www.ecy.wa. PHS Listed
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWetiands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
NA
N/A N
N/A AS MAPPED
http://www.ecy.wa. PHS Listed
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub NIA
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
NA N/A N
NIA AS MAPPED
httpi!www.ecy_wa. PHS Listed
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix C Site Plan
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Al A9
TP4
A8
A2 A3 A4
A7
a
0
co
G
0
A6
TP5
�A5
•
NOTE:
ALL PROPERTY BOUNDARIES,
WETLAND AND DATA PLOT
(DP) LOCATIONS ARE
APPROXIMATE ONLY.
TP6
STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
WETLAND A - CAT. IV i
APPROX. 1,265 SF
0
50
100
STRANDER BOULEVARD - EXISTING CONDITIONS
L1-EY H1GHW p,Y
wES� vA
INTERURBAN TRAIL —
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
200
GRAPHIC SCALE
i'-ioo'
1\J f I \1 \ LI( )\ I .l
S( )l \1)VIE\\ C2ONSI I:I'AN'I:S, I.LC. ,\SSUMES
NO LIABILITY OR RESPONSIBILITY FOR
CO\S"T RI'( TION, IMIPROV'I :AII;A I;S, OR
ES11\I.\'I I S BASH) ( 11IIS PI. \N SI-s.T
DP 1
DP9 DP8
DP 10 PROPERTY BOUNDARY
DP 3
4um' PROPERTY BOUNDARY
DP 2
DP 7
TUKWILA STATION ACCESS ROAD
441 Soundview Consultantsat.
Environmental Assessment • Planning • Land Use Solutions
WWW.SOt XDVIF,WCONSULTANTS.COM
DATE: 7/10/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 1 OF 2
SOUIHCENIER BLVD. SW
0
h.m
IIII
Ind
30 60
120
60' DEDICATED
R.O.W
EX JACK IN THE BOX
pL ORERURBJI TRAIL
Roca.
Arc-77.2k
— Ral4 1N
od-1020.00'
00. U.P.R.
LIMIT rr OF WORK UNDER
THIS APPLICATION
OC TACO BELL
INTERURBAN ,RAIL
tPSP. AND
COVER SHEET
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PLAN
A PORTION OF THE NORTHEAST OUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST OUARTER OF SECTION 25,
TOWNSHIP 23 N, RANGE 4 E., WILLAMETTE MERIDIAN, CITY OF TUKWILA, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON
FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
a
_______________________ OI_RIIER6806 �
FUTURE DEVELOPM DIT
N01.20'15'W
991.22'22'E 55a93'
LEGEND
PROPOSED TYPE II CATCH BASIN
PROPOSED TYPE I CATCH BASIN
COSTING TYPE 11 CATCH BASIN
EXISTING TYPE I CATCH BASIN
PROPOSED STORM DRAINAGE UNE m
EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE UNE
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
CASTING SANITARY SEWER UNE
EXISTING WATERMAIN
EXISTING FIRE HYDRANT
EXISTING WATER VALVE
PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATIONS
EXISTING SPOT ELEVATIONS
EXISTING CONTOURS
PROPOSED CONTOURS
PROPOSED PAVEMENT
•
O
O
/23.2
.g
--100 --
100
EX U.P.R.R.
A.\
569.91•
FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
ILL BUILDING
57143' _____-_____
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING PERMITS FROM THE
WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES FOR REMOVING AND
REPLACING ALL SURVEY MONUMENTATION THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITY. PURSUANT TO WAC 332-120. APPLICATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY A
REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR. APPUCA11ONS FOR PERMITS TO REMOVE MONUMENTS
MAY RE OBTAINED FROM THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL
RESOURCES, OR BY CONTACTING THEIR OFFICE BY TELEPHONE AT (208) 902-1190.
WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
PUBLIC LAND SURVEY OFFICE
1111 WASHINGTON STREET SE
P.O. BOX 47060
OLYMPIA. WASHINGTON 98504-7060
UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, AU. MONUMENTS DISPLACED. REMOVED, OR
DESTROYED SHALL BE REPLACED BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR, AT THE COST AND
AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR, PURSUANT TO THESE REGULATIONS. THE
APPROPRIATE FORMS FOR REPLACEMENT OF SAID MONUMENTATION SHALL ALSO BE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
TUKWILA PKWY
-0016950-
SIRANOER BIND.
SITE
VICINITY MAP Nrs
BNSF.RAL ROAD
SURVEY INFORMATION
LEGAL DESCR1PT101#
(TITLE REPORT NOT PROVIDED)
A PORTION OF P.S. EL RR AV THE N.E. 1/4 OF THE N.W. 1/4
OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4 EAST, W.M.
TOPOGRAPHICAL SITE SURVEY
FOR PUGET WESTERN
LOCATED IN THE N.E 1/4. OF THE N.W. 1/4,
OF SECTION 25. TOWNSHIP 23 NORTH, RANGE 4PRJD_RANGE_D
BASS OF BEARINGS
THE EAST UNE OF CITY OF TUKAVIIA S.P. NO. L970053, UNDER
KING COUNTY RECORDING NO. 9804219002. BEING N01'2212114
VEiTTCAL DATUM .
NGVD 29, PER NATIONAL. FLOOD INSURANCE MAP
BENCHMARK:
PK NAIL AND SHINER SET IN SOUTHWEST CORNER OF WOOD
WINGWALL ON THE STREET RAILROAD BRIDGE OVER GREEN
RIVER. 0.30 MILE SOUTH ALONG M£ RIVER FROM THE STRANDER
BOULEVARD BRIDGE OVER GREEN RIVER
ELEVATION - 31.96'
SITE TEMPORARY BENCHMARK (SITE TB14
SET PK NAIL WEST OF CENTERLINE OF ASPHALT TRAIL
AT GATE IN FENCE TO WENDYS PARKING LOT
ELEVATION - 23.38'
CONTOUR WT@4VAL:
2.00 U.S. FEET
BOUNDARY NOTE;
BOUNDARY UNES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE NOT
INTENDED TO DEPICT ACTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP.
A TITLE REPORT WAS NOT PROVIDED. ONLY ASSESSOR
MAPS THE BOUNDARY AS SH0WN DOES DEPICT A PORTION
OF THE P.S.P. & L CO. RIGHT OF WAY LYING SOUTHERLY OF
THE CENTERLINE OF BOW LAKE PIPE LINE (SWD) RIGHT OF
WAY AS SHOWN ON CRY OF TUKWILA SP. NO. L970053
EXTENDED EAST. AND NORTHERLY OF A 60' STRIP OF LAND
FOR STREET RIGHT OF WAY DEDICATED TO ME CRY OF
TUKWILA UNDER RECORDING NO. 9409130817.
INDEX OF SHEETS
CI OF 3 COVER SHEET
C2 OF 3 DRIVEWAY EXTENSION PLAN
C3 OF 3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS
CALL BEFORE YOU DIG
1-800-424-5555
LS
IT"
0
COVER SHEET
cc
cc
UI
co
0
()
Z
z
cc
8
A
UTILITY CONFLICT NOTE
CAUTION
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE LOCATION DIMENSION AND DEPTH
OF ALL EXISTING UTILITIES WHETHER SHOWN ON THESE PLANS OR NOT BY POTHOLING THE
U11U11ES AND SURVEYING THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
THIS SHALL INCLUDE CALLING UTILITY LOCATE 0 1-800-424-5555 AND MEN POTHOUNG
ALL OF THE EXISTING UTIL111E5 AT LOCATIONS OF NEW UTILITY CROSSINGS TO PHYSICALLY
VERIFY WHETHER OR NOT CONFLICTS EXIST. LOCATIONS OF SAID UTILITIES AS SHOWN ON THESE
PLANS ARE BASED UPON THE UNVERIFIED PUBLIC INFORMATION AND ARE SUBJECT TO VARIATION.
IF CONFLICTS SHOULD OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT BARGIIAUSEN
CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. TO RESOLVE ALL. PROBLEMS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH
CONSTRUCTION.
z
1
MI
•6
z10431-t,z10431-b,
CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS
Qag(AL NORTH
1. AT LEAST ONE WEEK BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION, CONTACT
PUBUC WORKS MLJIIES INSPECTOR AND SCHEDULE A
PRECONSIRUCTION MEETING.
2. NOTIFY THE DAMES INSPECTOR AT 206-433-0179 AT LEAST 48
HOURS (2 WORKING DAYS) BEFORE STARTING PROJECT SITE WORK
3. REQUEST A PUBUC WORKS UTILITY INSPECTION AT LEAST 24 HOURS
1 WORKING DAY) IN ADVANCE BY CAVING 206-433-0179.
4. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES SOLE RESPONSIBILITY FOR WORKER SAFETY.
AND DAMAGE TO STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS RESULTING FROM
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE PERMIT(S) AND CONDITIONS, THE
APPROVED PLANS, AND A CURRENT COPY OF CRY OF TUKWILA
DEVELOPMENT OU10EUNES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
AVAILABLE AT THE JOB SIZE
6. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THESE APPROVED DRAWINGS. ANY
CHANGES FROM THE APPROVED PLANS REQUIRE PRE -APPROVAL FROM
THE OWNER, THE ENGINEER. AND THE CITY OF TUKWILA.
7. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SWILL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS.
UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR.
B CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CURRENT SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS
ON -SITE
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE RECORD DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROJECT
FINAL APPROVAL
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND S1ICELI
MAINTENANCE PLAN FOR PUBUC WORKS APPROVAL BEFORE
IMPLEME.7ITATXON.
11. ALL SURVEYING FOR PUBUC FACTURES SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE
DIRECTION OF A WASHINGTON UCENSED LAND SURVEYOR. VERTICAL
DATUM SHALL BE NAVE 1988. FOR PROJECTS WITHIN A FLOOD
CONTROL ZONE. THE PERMITTEE SHALL PROVIDE CONVERSION
CALCULATIONS 1 NOVD 1929. HORIZONTAL DATUM SHALL BE STATE
PLANE COORDINATES
12 THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE OR REl0CA1E ALL SIGNS DAMAGED
OR REMOVED DUE TO CONSTRUCTOR
ORADRKI AND EROSION CONTROL NOTES
1. THE EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) MEASURES
ON THE APPROVED PLANS ARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.
2. BEFORE BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION ACIMIIES. ESTABLSH THE
CLEARING UNITS AND INSTALL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
3. BEFORE ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE OCCURS. ALL DOWNSTREAM
EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES (ESC) MUST
DE CONSTRUCTED AND IN OPERATION. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN ALL ESC
MEASURES ACCORDING TO THE ESC PLAN.
4. ESC MEASURES, INCLUDING ALL PERIMETER CONTROLS, SHALL REMAIN
IN PLACE UNTIL FINK SIZE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND
PERMANENT STABILIZATION IS ESTABUSHED.
5. FROM MAY 1 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND
PERMANENT COVER MEASURES TO PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT
WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR SEVEN DAYS OR MORE
6. FROM OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 30, PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND
PERMANENT COVER MEASURES TO PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT
WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR TWO DAYS OR MORE IN ADDITION TO
COVER MEASURES, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL:
PROTECT STOCKPILES AND STEEP CUT AND FILL SLOPES IF UNWORKED
FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
•STOCKPILE, ON SITE, ENOUGH COVER MATERIALS TO COVER ALL
DISTURBED AREAS.
7. BY OCTOBER 8, SEW ALL AREAS THAT WILL REMAIN UNWORKED
DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER i THROUGH APRIL 30). MULCH
ALL SEWED AREAS.
UTILITY NOTES
1. ALL TRENCH EXCAVATION OPERATIONS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL
APPLICABLE SHORING LAWS FOR TRENCHES. ALL TRENCH SAFETY
SYSTEMS SHALL MEET HERA REQUIREMENTS.
2 PLACE POWER. CABLE, FUSER OPTICS. AND TELEPHONE UNES SIN A
TRENCH WITH A 5' MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION FROM OTHER
UNDERGROUND MIMES.
3. ADJUST ALL MANHOLES. CATCH BASINS, AND VALVES IN PUBLIC
RIGHTS -OF -WAY OR EASEMENTS AFTER ASPHALT PAVING.
PAVEMENT RESTORATION
I. COMPACT BACKFILL TO COMPACTION OF UNDISTURBED GROUND OR COMPACT
BACIOIlL TO MEET CITY STANDARDS.
2. RESTORE PAVEMENT 70 RS ORIGINAL CONDITION IMMEDIATELY FOLLOYING
BAGODLNG OR WHEN CONCRETE IS CURED.
A EXCEPT FOR WINTER OR GAPER WEATHER CONDITIONS WHICH PREVENT PAVING,
COMPLETE PAVING. RESURFACING, OR FACILITY REPLACEMENT
• ON PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL. MAJOR OR COLLECTOR 51I¢L1 WITHIN 3 CALENDAR
DAYS
• ON OTHER SOO-Lib WNUN 7 CALENDAR DAYS
B. FOR WORK PREVENTED DUE 10 WEATHER:
• PROVIDE A TEMPORARY PATCH.
• PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ADDRESSING MANS AND METHODS TO
6IMMLLE TRAFFIC DISRUPTION AND TO COMPLETE WORK AS QUICKLY AS
POSSIBLE
WORK N PoOHf-OrWAY
1. WHEN ACTIVITY IS UNATTENDED. INSTALL A SIGN WITH MINIMUM TV/0-INCH
LLIILND STATING PERMTTEE OR COMPANY NAME AND DAY AND EVENING
PHONE NUMBERS. TMC 11.08.140
2. INSTALL BARRICADES. SIGNS, WARNING UGNTS, AND SAFETY DEVICES SUFFICIENT
TO NOTIFY PUBLIC OF OBSTRUCTION OR TRAFFIC HAZARD. DEVICES MUST
REMAIN UNTIL THE OBSTRUCTION IS CLEARED AND THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IS
RESTORED. TMC 11.08.170A
3. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO FIRE STATIONS, FIRE HYDRANTS. FIRE ESCAPES, AND ARE
FIGHTING EQUIPMENT. RAC 11.08.180
4. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO PROPERTY ADJOINING DOAVA110N OR SITE WORK.
5. PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL PROPERTY ADJOINING EXCAVATION OR SITE WORK.
6. RESTORE DISTURBANCE TO PRIVATE AND PUBLIC PROPERTY. RAC 11.08.220.E
7. DISTURBANCE OF SURVEY MONUMENTS AND MARKERS REQUIRES THE
DIRECTOR'S PREAPPROVAL A UCENSED SURVEYOR SHALL REPLACE DISTURBED
MONUMENTS AND MARKERS.
8. COMPLY WITH ALL STATE AND CITY TAWS AND PROCEDURES TO PROTECT
PUBUC FROM AIR, WATER AND NOISE POLLUTION. TMC 11.08.210
9. INSTALL TEMPORARY SIDEWALK OR CURB RAMP IF PERMANENT IS BLOCKED.
RAC 11.08.220
10. COVER OPEN EXCAVATION WITH NON-SKID STEEL PLATES RAMPED TO ELEVATION
OF CONTIGUOUS RIGHT OF WAY SURFACE RAC 11.08.220
11. STORE ALL STOCKPILE MATERIAL SHALL BE STORED IN A SAFE MANNER TO
PROTECT THE PUBUC.
STORM DRANAOE NOTES
1. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CDY OF TUKWIA DEVELOPMENT
GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. AND THE CURRENT
KING COUNTY SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL UN1E58 OTHERWISE
APPROVED.
2. MARK ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS WITH -DUMP NO WASTE AND EITHER 'DRAINS
TO STREAMS. VRNNS TO WETLANDS', OR 'DRAINS TD GROUNDWATER', AS
APPLICABLE.
3. DRIVEWAY CULVERTS SHALL BE OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PROVIDE A MINION
3:1 SLOPE FROM THE EDGE OF THE DRIVEWAY TO THE BOTTOM OF THE
DITCH. CULVERTS SWILL HAVE BEVELED END SECTIONS THAT MATCH THE
SIDE SLOPE
4. SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES CONSTRUCTED ON LOTS CREATED BY SUBDIVISION
MUST PROVIDE DOWNSPOUT INFILTRATION SHOWN ON THE APPROVED PLANS.
5. COORDINATE FINAL STUB -OUT LOCATIONS WITH THE UTILITIES INSPECTOR.
PROVIDE A WIRE OR OTHER DETECTION DEVICE AND MARK SRO -OUT
LOCATION WITH A 5-FOOT 2-X4' STAKE, BURIED 4-FEET AND LABELED
STORM' OR 'DRAIN'.
SANITARY SEINER NOTES
1. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA DEVEDPMENT
GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED.
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK THE END OF THE SIDE SEWER. INSIDE THE
PROPERTY UNE, WITH A 4 FOOT PRESSURE TREATED 2 X 4, BURIED IN THE
GROUND 4 FEET. THE BURIED END SHALL HAVE A 2 X 4 CLEAT NAILED TO
T TO PREVENT WITHDRAWAL OF THE STAKE THE EXPOSED 1-FOOT SHALL
BE PAINTED TRAFFIC YELLOW AND 7HE DEPTH 10 THE SIDE SEWER OR TEE
SHALL BE INDICATED IN BLACK PAINT.
3. INSTALL SANITARY SEWER LINES AT LENT 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY, MEASURED
EDGE TO EDGE FROM ANY EXISTING OR PROPOSED WATER SUPPLY AND AT
LEAST 18 INCHES BELOW THE BOTTOM OF A WATER UNE
WATER SUPPLY NOTES
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CORPORATE STOPS. WATER SERVICE UNES, AND
METERS. THE CITY OF TUKWILA WILL INSTALL THE ML1uo.
2. PRESSURE TEST ALL WATER ERNS AND APPURTENANCES.
3. FLUSH AND DISINFECT NEW. CLEANED. OR REPAIRED WATER MAINS AND PROVIDE
BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING RESULTS TO CITY.
4. INSTALL RESTRAINED JOINTS AT ALL FIENDS, TEES, AND OTHER DIRECTION
CHANGES.
5. ALL WATER MATS SHALL HAVE A BLOWOFF ASSEMBLY AT LOW POINT AND AN
AIR VACUUM RELIEF VALVE AT HIGH POINT OF ICON.
8. INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 50 IT STANDS PWMB AND SO THAT THE
LOWEST OUTLET S AT 18'ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE THE ASSEMBLY SHALL
HAVE A CLEAR ZONE AROUND HYDRANT OF AT LEAST 36'AND THE PUMPER PORT
SHALL FACE SI1ati OR FIRE ACCESS
7. THE INSTALLER OF A FIRE LINE BACKFLOW PREVENTION DEVICE INSTALLED
ONSIDE THE BUILDING AND UNDERGROUND. SHALL HAVE A LEVEL II CERTIFICATE
OF COMPETENCY OR A LEVEL U CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY. D'
THE INSTALLER S DIFFERENT FROM THE 8*0611OW PREVENTION DESIGNER. THE
INSTALLER MUSE STAMP, SIGN, AND DATE THE PUNS. IN ADDRWN TO THE
DESIGNERS STAMP, SIGNATURE AND DATE
8. INSTALL WATER AWNS CROSSING SEWER UNES SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE
WATER MAIN S AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF THE SEWER LOCATE
FULL SECTION OF WATER PIPE SO THAT EIS MIDPOINT S ABOVE THE SEWER PIPE
AT THE CROSSING. THIS INSTALLATION NAY REQUIRE SPECIAL STRUCTURAL
SUPPORT FOR THE WATER AND SEWER Pei.
9. INSTALL WATER SUPPLY UNES AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY, MEASURED EDGE
TO EDGE FROM ANY mom OR PROPOSED SEWER AND AT LEAST 18 INCHES
ABOVE THE TOP OF A SEWER.
3' COMPACTED DEPTH
CLASS 'B' AC. PAVEMENT
6' COMPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED
ROCK BASE COURSE
12' SUBGRADE COMPACTED TO 95R
ASPHALT PAVING SECTION
NOT TO SCALE
ARC
PREMO WEO Fuu
EXPONSONJOOO
SECTION A -A
CURB DETAIL
NOTES:
1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS,
DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, RIGHT OF WAY, ETC.
2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS B OR BETTER THAN 5-1/2 SACK, 3000 PSI.
3. INSPECTOR REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE
GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
4. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6' THICK.
5. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A 3/8' X 5-1/2' EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED
LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE.
6. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSOOT PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA.
7. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS.
8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE
NEXT JOINT.
NOT TO SCALE
City of
Tukwila
RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY
ALTERNATE 2 OF 3
Ra, RS-088
REVISION 11 08.03
AF�O7'w B. SHELTON
1
a
2,
R
3
3
0
0
co
z
F
0
2
O
0
2
0
cc
0
cc
L1.1
0
co
0
wCF
co
Ci
Z
cc cr
a
co eL
5
U
0
Z
to
•
A
01 CO CO
0
Pi
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PLAN
0 5 10
20
6' CHERRY
STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
6' CHERRY
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
LOT 2
EXISTING
JACK IN THE BOX
EX. CO W/50IJ0 UO
RIM . 23.8
N.S INV • 20.85 12' DIP
W TAN- 21.2512' DY'
CURB
ILI' CHERRY? (2)
Ex. CB
RIM - 23.8
E INV - 21.258'
W INV-21.258' PVC
6' CHERRY
A44"1111
rp
CURB
SEC ASPHALT FM—
\�--.._____._._-
INTERURBAN
6YTREE
PC EP
GARBAGE CAN ON
MATCH
Gaut
SIGN
II. _ --- HIERURBAN
g---------------sq1_11..•IF
- ---- STOP
IElf. cB
RIM - 21.2
N INV- 20.1 12' 01P
I INSTALL HEW
( SOLID LID
— AREA OF ARTIFICIAL FRl \ \
I
P / -' P (EX OVERHEAD PO9ER1 • P '-� IL A
i
7
N
FX BO' FLOW.
24
EK. SOWRE BOLJARD110 BE REMOVED
66666666
W/ TEAR
413B OOMEiCIAL
OWMWAY
NEW ASPHALT PAWIIENT
SEE SECTION ON SW. C3.
•
NM ASPHALT DWVEWA'(
24,3
27
GAS PANT
- St_ T3"35---
1BABMILTMYB®IT
(PER DETAIL SHT. C3)
1If \
% eL' \ \\
WETLAND 'A' —CAT. IV — �\� \ \
\\ APPROX. 1,265 SF i \\ \ \
\\\\ / / \ \ \ ` \\
1
\\/ 1 1
.1, ,1, .I, _.I. _—.Az-- .� - — —.Az-- a�� I \
GRAVEL
23.70
e
®.
EX. CB SOUR UD
Rim - 23.8 (ADJUSTED TO NEW
N,W INV - 21.15 12' DIP
S INV - 20.8 12' DIP
RIM • 28.8
STRUCTURE FULL OF WATER
POSSIBLE DETEMION LANK WITH 36' TO 48'
METAL PIPE TO NORTH
23.70
1
BEN. SP 084-85
8702039008
m
EXISTING
TACO BELL
LIGHT POLE
26
CURB
ASPHALT PARK
FENCE MEANDERS ERNI
0.3'1 w. OF UN( TO 0.8'i
E. OF UNE
'LATCH ESL GRADE
AT TOP OF WALK
N01'2015'W 55744
EP IX. 55u8 A•�
G
STOP RIM - 24.2 _ EX ASR4YLT PATH
IN iROMWOUI TON
URUTY POLE CENTER CHANNEL - 19.7
MATCH FJL
_ pf,j______
IGN
SIC CAURON
AND BLACK
DIAGONN. SItarty!
15
1 Ex. CB (a/STALL NEW SOUR LID)
1 RDA - 23.7'(MIUST RIM EL-24.0)
E,S INV - 18.8 12' OIP
1
1
1
1
1
4
1
1
P., , (EJL OVERHEAD POWER) p P 1
I N6TALLIETI CB 1
TTTE I W/ BTNDND OMTE APPROARA1E AREA OF 1
I OVER E Tasi, Mil ARR7Ic1AL FILL I
I RM-23.74
I IE-18.45 (MATCH EX)
I
I
1 P.I ,t i
\\
\ \ RIY 25.1 (RIM 1'S ABWE GROUND LEVEL)
\ \ N.GYI INN - 18.1 12' DP
.. I
\\
7
P
50r20.15T 550.93'
8
6
6
c
Z
Z
0
CFw
0
Z a
� Y
Lea
rr
W
U
CC
0
Z
O
5�
101
4
O
2
0
M
r
Appendix D Data Sheets
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
1
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd City/County: Tukwila. King Sampling Date:11/3/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender
State: WA Sampling Point: DP1
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Subregion (LRR): A2 Lat: 47.458827 Long: 122.241485 Datum: WGS 84
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ■ No 0
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No 0within
Is the Sampled Area
a Wetland? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Precipitation 300% of the normal. Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3 t)
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cover Species? Status
1. Populus balsamifera 95 Y FAC
2.
3.
4.
95 = Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
•
1. Acer macrphyllum 20 Y FACU
2. Ilex aquifolium 15 Y_ FACU
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5_11)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
35 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 20 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 3 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33 (NB)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply bv:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species 115 x 3 = 345
FACU species 35 x 4 = 140
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: 150 (A) 485 (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.23
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ❑ No
Remarks: Prevalence greater than 3
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP1
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvpe' Loc2
0-12 10YR 3/2 100
- - - - SiLo (Silt Loam: lowest point in the area
14-22 10YR4/2 65
10YR 4/6 35 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
❑ Black Histic (A3)
IN Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
■ Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Does not meet Al2 thick dark surface requirements as the layer above the depleted layer does not have a value of 2.5 or less nor a
chroma of 1 or less.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
•
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
■ Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA • Water -Stained
❑ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) 4A, and 4B)
■ Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
❑ Water Marks (B1) ■ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ■ Dry -Season Water
❑ Sediment Deposits (B2) IN Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4)
■ Shallow Aquitard
(C6) 0 FAC-Neutral Test
• Iron Deposits (B5) 0 Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes ■ No ►i
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available: •
Remarks: No hydrology observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/3/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP2
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Lat: 47.458637
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed?
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic?
Long: 122.24322
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are "Normal Circumstances" present?
Yes ® No ❑
(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ■ No 0
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No 0within
Is the Sampled Area
a Wetland? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft) % Cover Species? Status
1
2.
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Svmohoricaroos albus
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
= Total Cover
5 FACU
5 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 95 Y FAC
2.
Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
95 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 2 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species 95 x 3 = 285
FACU species 5 x 4 = 20
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: 100 (A) 305
Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.05
(B)
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 5.3.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ❑ No El
Remarks: Prevalence test greater than 3
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP2
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-2 10YR 4/1 100 - - - - SiLo Silt Loam upland
2-6 2.5Y4/2 65 10YR 4/6 35 C M SiLo Silt Loam
6-24 2.5Y5/3 99 2.5Y5/6 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
0 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histosol (Al) • Sandy Redox (S5)
• Histic Epipedon (A2) IN Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3) • Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
■ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) • Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) e Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2) ■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) • Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) • Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No •
Remarks: Hydric soil indicator F3 observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
0 Drainage Patterns
• High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11)
■ Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ■ Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ■ FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
IN Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No ® Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No E0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No primary nor secondary indicators of wetland hydrology observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/3/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender
State: WA
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hilislope, terrace, etc.): depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Lat: 47.458637 Long: 122.24322
Sampling Point: DP3
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ■ No e
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Precipitation 300% of normal
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 3_g_u) % Cover Species? Status
1.
2.
3.
4.
= Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Comus alba 95 Y FACW
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
= Total Cover
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus • 15 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 2 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (NB)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
• Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes Z No ❑
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP3
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-4 10YR 3/1 100 - - - - SiLo Silt Loam
4-18 2.5Y4/1 100 - - - - SiLo Silt Loam
18-24 10YR 4/1 99 10YR 4/3 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils':
• Histosol (Al) ■ Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2) ■ Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3) • Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ■ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) ■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ■ Depleted Matrix (F3)
'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2) IN Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) • Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) • Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
. Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No •
Remarks: Does not meet Al2 thick dark surface requirements as the layer above the depleted ayer does not have a value of 2.5 or less.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
❑ Surface Water (Al) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA ■ Water -Stained
❑ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) 4A, and 4B)
❑ Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) ■ Drainage Patterns
■ Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) ■ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
■ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No 00
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology or indicators of hydrology observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP4
Investigator(s): Alex Callender and E. Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 0
Lat: 47.458637
Long: 122.24322 Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes i4 No •
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes 0 No ■
Remarks: All three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
Absolute
% Cover
Dominant Indicator
Species? Status
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A)
1. Salix sitchensis
50
Y FACW
2. Salix lucida
50
Y FACW
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
3.
4.
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B)
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
100
= Total Cover
Y FAC
25
1. Rubus armeniacus
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
2.
3.
OBL species x 1 =
4.
FACW species x 2 =
5.
FAC species x 3 =
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
25
= Total Cover
Y FACW
FACU species x 4 =
15
UPL species x 5 =
1. Phalaris arundinacea
Column Totals: (A) (B)
2. Galium aparine
1
N FACU
Prevalence Index = B/A =
3
4.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
5.
• Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
6.
0 Dominance Test is >50%
7
• Prevalence Index is 53.0'
8
• Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
• Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
9
10.
• Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
11.
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
16
= Total Cover
1.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Present? Yes ►• No ■
Remarks: Hydrophytic vegetation criteria observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP4
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-8 10YR 4/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam
8-16 10YR 4/1 95
10YR 3/4 5 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
❑ Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
IN Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
0 Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No •
Remarks: Hydric soil indicator F3 observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
0 Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
00 High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
►'_ Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) ■ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ■ Geomorphic Position
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) IN Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) IN Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes 0 No ■ Depth (inches): +0.25
Water Table Present? Yes ►_ No ■ Depth (inches): 1
Saturation Present? Yes ►5 No 0 Depth (inches): 0.5
Yes 0 No •
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: Primary hydrologic indicator Al-A3 observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP5
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Lat: 47.45694 Long: 122.24861 Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes El No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ■
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes J No ■
Remarks: All three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size:.30 ft)
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cov r Species? Status
1. Salix sitchensis 50 Y FACW
2.
3.
4.
= Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Spiraea doualasii 15 FACW
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Galium aparine
2. Convolvulus arvensis
3. Phalaris arundanacea
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
15 = Total Cover
5 Y FACU
5 Y UPL
5 Y FACW
15 = Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 10 Y FAC
2.
Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
10 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 5 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 60 (NB)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply bv:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ® No ❑
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP5
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) °A) Type' Loc2
0-10 10YR 3/2 99
10YR 3/3 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
10-16 5Y4/1 95
10YR 3/6 5 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ■ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
0 Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No •
Remarks: F3 Obvserved
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
0 Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
• High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
0 Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) ■ Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
■ Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ■ Saturation Visible
■ Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living
Roots (C3) 0 Geomorphic Position
❑ Shallow Aquitard
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4)
■ Iron Deposits (B5) ■ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) 0 FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) ■ Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes 0 No • Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes 0 No • Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes 0 No ■ Depth (inches):
Yes 0 No •
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: secondary indicators observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
City/County: Tukwila. King Sampling Date:11/9/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP6
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emily Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%): 0
Lat: 47.45694 Long: 122.2426 Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ■
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: .30 ft)
1.
2.
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Phalaris arundancea
2. Convolvulus arvensis
3. Urtica dioica
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cover Species? Status
= Total Cover
= Total Cover
40 Y FACW
5 Y UPL
5 Y FAC
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 40 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 50
40 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (NB)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total °A, Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ® No ❑
Remarks: Hydrophytic vegetation met via dominance test.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP6
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tyne' Loc2
0-16 10YR 4/2 100
- - - - GSiLo Gravelly Silt Loam
16-18 10YR4/2 98
7.5YR 3/4 2 C PL SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils':
• Histosol (A1)
• Sandy Redox (S5) IN 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: No hydric soils indicators observed. Does not meet hydric soil indicator Al2, as the layer above the depleted layer does not have a low
enough value or chroma to meet criteria as a Thick Dark Surface'.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (A1) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (811) • Drainage Pattems
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) ■ Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) 0 Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ■ Saturation Visible
■ Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) 0 Geomorphic Position
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) 0 FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) ■ Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes 0 No ■
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: Secondary indicators of hydrology D2 and D5 observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
State: WA Sampling Point: DP7
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Lat: 47.458682 Long: 122.242422
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ►I No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No @
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No e
Remarks: Only vegetation criteria met.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum, (Plot size:.30 ft)
1. Populus balsamifera
2.
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cover Species? Status
95 Y FAC
95 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Convolvulus arvensis 2 Y FAC
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
2 = Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. rubus armeniacus 5 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 3 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ® No ❑
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP7
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-14 2.5Y 3/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam
14-16 2.5Y3/1 99
10YR 3/6 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (A1)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
■ Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No @
Remarks: No hydric soil indicators observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
■ Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) ■ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ■ Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ►4 Geomorphic Position
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks) ■ Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes • No e Depth (inches):
Yes • No @
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No primary hydrologic indicators observed. Only one secodary indicator of hydrology observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: 1244.0003 Strander Blvd City/County: Tulwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/2016
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Swale valev floor Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Subregion (LRR): A2 Lat: 47.459265 Long: 122.242288 Datum:
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg Silt Loam
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No Si (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
State: WA Sampling Point: DP8
NWI classification:
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ►l No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No ►Z�
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No ►�
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Record rainfall for the region but no wetland hydrology observed Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 )
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cover Species? Status
1. Populus balsimifera 75 Y FAC
2.
3.
4.
75 = Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Comus alba 50 Y FACW
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Hedrea helix
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
50 = Total Cover
20 Y FACU
20 = Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 5 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
5 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes LEI No ❑
Remarks: Hydrophytic vegetation criteria observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP8
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loc2
0-4 10YR 3/1 100
- - - - SiILo Silt loam
4-18 10YR4/2 50
7.5YR4/6 50 C M SiLo Silt loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
■ Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
■ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
0 Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No e
Remarks: Low spot in the landscape. Redoximorphic features have sharp boundaries and may be relict. Percentage of matrix may be too low and
does not constitute 60% or more.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
■ Surface Water (A1) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA ■ Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
■ Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
■ Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
■ Sediment Deposits (B2) ■ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) ■ Saturation Visible
■ Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
■ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
■ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes ■ No 0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology observed or hydroologic indicators found.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila. King Sampling Date:11/3/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
State: WA
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Lat: 47.458682
Long: 122.242422
Sampling Point: DP9
NWI classification:
Slope (%):
Datum:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ►I No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No ►4
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No e
Remarks: Only vegetation criteria met.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: .30 f()
Absolute
% Cover
Dominant Indicator
Species? Status
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A)
1. Populus balsamifera
90
Y FAC
2. Acer macroohvllum
5
N FACU
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
3.
4.
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B)
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15ft)
95
= Total Cover
1.
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
2.
3.
OBL species x 1 =
4,
FACW species x 2 =
5.
FAC species x 3 =
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
= Total Cover
Y FAC
FACU species x 4 =
1
UPL species x 5 =
1. Ranunculus repens
Column Totals: (A) (B)
2.
Prevalence Index = B/A =
3.
4.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
5.
• Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
g
IIIDominance Test is >50%
7.
@ Prevalence Index is 5.3.0'
8.
■ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
• Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
9
10.
■ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
11.
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
= Total Cover
Y FAC
5
1. Rubus amieniacus
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
2
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Present? Yes ►i No •
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP9
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loc2
0-16 10YR 3/2 99
10YR 3/6 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
■ Histic Epipedon (A2)
■ Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ■ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
■ Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
@ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No ►�
Remarks: No hydric indicators observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that applv) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (Al) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
■ Water Marks (B1) ■ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) 0 Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) IN Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) ■ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) IN Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks) ■ Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
,
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No @
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology or secondary indicators of hydrology observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: 1244.0003 Strander Blvd City/County: Tulwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/2016
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emily Swaim Section, Township, Range:
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Swale valey floor Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Subregion (LRR): A2 Lat: 47.459606 Long: 122.24242 Datum:
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg Silt Loam
State: WA Sampling Point: DP10
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ■ No 0
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No ►i4
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ■ No ►4
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Record rainfall for the region but no wetland hydrology observed. No wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: O f)
Absolute
% Cover
Dominant Indicator
Species? Slatul
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A)
1.
2.
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 5 (B)
3.
4.
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B)
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
= Total Cover
Y FAC
35
1. Crataeaus monoavna
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
2. Ilex aauilifolium
15
y_ ACU
3. Sambucus racemosa
15
Y FACU
OBL species x 1 =
4. Cornus alba
10
N FACW
FACW species 10 x 2 = 20
5.
FAC species 62 x 3 = 186
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
75
= Total Cover
Y FACU
FACU species 50 x 4 = 200
20
UPL species x 5 =
1. Hedera helix
Column Totals: 122 (A) 406 (B)
2. Ranunculus repens
25
Y FAC
Prevalence Index = B/A = 3 3
3. Rubus armeniacus
1
N FAC
4. Equisetum arvense
1
N FAC
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
5.
• Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
6.
• Dominance Test is >50%
7
■ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
8
■ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
• Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
9.
10.
■ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
11.
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
= Total Cover
1.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
2•
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Present? Yes ■ No ►�
Remarks: Does not meet prevalence index criteria.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP10
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvne' Loc2
0-12 10YR 4/1 100
- - SiILo Silt loam
12-18 10YR 5/2 100
- - - - SiLo Silt loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
■ Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3)
IN Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
■ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
IN Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
■ Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No ►4
Remarks: No hydric soil indicators observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that aoolv) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
• High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
■ Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ■ Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (87) • Other (Explain in Remarks) ■ Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No ..1 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes ■ No 0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology observed nor primary or secondary hydroologic indicators observed.
1
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
Appendix E Wetland Rating Form
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Wetland name or number A
WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 — Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Updated Oct. 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats
Name of wetland (if known): A Date of site visit: 1 1 /09/2016
Rated by: A. Callender and E. Swaim
SEC: 24
Trained by Ecology? Yes X No Date of training: 03/31/2016
TWNSHP: 23N RNGE: 04E
Map of wetland unit: Figure APDXC
Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes No X
Estimated size 9,970
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: 1 II III IV X
Category I = Score > 70
Category 1I = Score 51 - 69
Category III = Score 30 — 50
Category IV = Score < 30
Score for Water Quality Functions
Score for Hydrologic Functions
Score for Habitat Functions
TOTAL Score for Functions
14
4
6
I 26
i
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I II Does not apply
Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above")
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Estuarine
Natural Heritage Wetland
Bog
Mature Forest
Old Growth Forest
Coastal Lagoon
Interdunal
None of the above
X
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Depressional
X
Riverine
Lake -fringe
Slope
Flats
Freshwater Tidal
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
IV
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP1.
Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2.
Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3.
Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state?
X
SP4.
Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X
To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated.
The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands in to those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland
functions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class ofa wetland can be detetmined using the key below. Seep. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands.
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 1 of 12
Wetland name or number A
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
Ifyour wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and II estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than 1 foot deep).
NO — go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is notflooding..
NO — go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No — go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine
Riverine
Slope + Depressional
Depressional
Slope + Lake -fringe
Lake -fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary
Depressional
Depressional + Lake -fringe
Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 2 of 12
Wetland name or number A
�irscore
fmera)
p.38�
crso l QUALITY FUN TIONS o Indicators Qim wetland unctions fl] improve water quality.
D 1
Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
• Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3
• Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet points = 2
• Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) points = 1
• Unit is a "flat" depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing") Provide photo or drawing
Figure
2
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4 NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
Figure
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
• Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland points = 4
• Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland points = 2
• Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
Figure
0
Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above
I J
D 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
�_7NMI �
(see p. 44)
Multiplier
2
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
X Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
X Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from DI by D2; then add score to table on p. 1 1
14 I
IIIHYDROLOGICIFUNC,TiIONSfllndicators that wetland uni7functions to reduce floodin— Tn'd stream degradation.
se p.46a
D 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
• Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4
• Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2
• Unit is a "flat" depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing')
• Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) points = 0
2
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the .surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
• Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet points = 7
• The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 5
• Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5
• Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3
• Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = 1
• Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself
• The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5
• The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3
• The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0
• Entire unit is in the FLATS class points = 5
0
Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above •
_ 2 _ 1
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 3 of 12
Wetland name or number A
D 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
Multiplier
stream that has flooding problems
Other
2
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1 I
4
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 4 of 12
Wetland name or number A
URRRi_v'.e ine a iF:r a shwa er ird TI n.ge Wetlands-
' oints ,
(only t score
per box)
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
R 1
Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.52)
R 1.1 Area of surface depressions within the riverine wetland that can trap sediments during a flooding event:
• Depressions cover > 3/4 area of wetland points = 8
• Depressions cover > 1/2 area of wetland points = 4
(If depressions > 1/2 of area of unit draw polygons on aerial photo or map)'
• Depressions present but cover < 1/2 area of wetland. points = 2
• No depressions present points = 0
Figure
R 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the unit (areas with >90% cover at person height):
• Trees or shrubs > 2/3 area of the unit - points = 8
• Trees or shrubs > 1/3 area of the wetland points = 6
• Ungrazed, herbaceous plants > 2/3 area of unit points = 6
• Ungrazed herbaceous plants > 1/3 area of unit points = 3
• Trees, shrubs, and ungrazed herbaceous < 1/3 area of unit points = 0
Aerial photo or map showing polygons of different vegetation types
Figure
_
Add the points in the boxes above
R 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 53)
Multiplier
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may
have pollutants coming from several sources, but any .single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
The river or stream linked to the wetland has a contributing basin where human activities have
raised levels of sediment, toxic compounds or nutrients in the river water above standards for
water quality.
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from RI by R2; then add score to table on p. I I
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion.
(see p.54)
R 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
R 3.1 Characteristics of the overbank storage the wetland provides: Estimate the average width of the wet/and
perpendicular to the direction of the flow and the width of the stream or river channel (distance between
banks). Calculate the ratio: (average width of unit) / (average width of stream between banks).
• If the ratio is more than 20 points = 9
• If the ratio is between 10 — 20 points = 6
• If the ratio is 5- <10 points = 4
• If the ratio is 1- <5 points = 2
• If the ratio is < 1 points = 1
Aerial photo or map showing average widths
Figure
R 3.2 Characteristics of vegetation that slow down water velocities during floods: Treat large woody debris as
'forest or shrub ". Choose the points appropriate for the best description. (polygons need to have > 90%
cover at person height NOT Cowardin classes):
• Forest or shrub for > 1/3 area OR herbaceous plants > 2/3 area points = 7
• Forest or shrub for > 1/10 area OR herbaceous plants > 1/3 area points = 4
• Vegetation does not meet above criteria points = 0
Aerial photo or map showing polygons of different vegetation types•
Figure
____
Add the points in the boxes above 1
1
R 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
, , ,
(see p.57)
Multiplier
Answer YES if the wetland is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water
velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or
erosive flows. Note which of the following conditions apply.
There are human structures and activities downstream (roads, buildings, bridges, farms) that can
be damaged by flooding.
There are natural resources downstream (e.g. salmon redds) that can be damaged by flooding
Other
(Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is
tidal fringe along the sides of a dike)
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from R3 by R4; then add score to table on p. 11 I
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 5 of 12
Wetland name or number A
J111111111a'kefF.inge Wetlands
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — Indicators that the wetland unit functions to improve water quality.
Points
(only 1 score
per box)
L 1
Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.59)
L 1.1 Average width of vegetation along the Lakeshore (use polygons of Cowardin classes):
• Vegetation is more than 33 ft. (l Om) wide points = 6
• Vegetation is more than 16 ft.(5m) wide and < 33 ft points = 3
• Vegetation is more than 6 ft. (2m) wide and < 16 ft points = 1
• Vegetation is less than 6 ft. wide points = 0
Map of Cowardin classes with widths marked
Figure
L 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland: Choose the appropriate description that results in the highest
points, and do not include any open water in your estimate of coverage. The herbaceous plants can be either the
dominant form or as an understory in a shrub or forest community. These are not Cowardin classes. Area of Cover is
total cover in the unit, but it can be in patches. NOTE: Herbaceous does not include aquatic bed.
• Cover of herbaceous plants is > 90% of the vegetated area points = 6
• Cover of herbaceous plants is > 2/3 of the vegetated area points = 4
• Cover of herbaceous plants is > 1/3 of the vegetated area points = 3
• Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed or herbaceous covers > 2/3 of the unit points = 3
• Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed in > 1/3 vegetated area points = 1
• Aquatic bed cover and open water > 2/3 of the unit points = 0
Map with polygons of different vegetation types
Figure
Add the points in the boxes above:----
(see p.61)
Multiplier
L 2
��
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in the lake water, or polluted surface water flowing
through the unit to the lake. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Wetland is along the shores of a lake or reservoir that does not meet water quality standards
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Polluted water discharges to wetland along upland edge
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
Residential or urban areas are within 150 ft. of wetland
Parks with grassy areas that are maintained, ballfields, golf courses (all within 150 ft. of lake shore)
Power boats with gasoline or diesel engines use the lake
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from LI by L2; then add score to table on p. 1'
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to reduce shoreline erosion.
(see p.62)
L 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce shoreline erosion?
L 3 Average width and characteristics of vegetation along the lakeshore (do not include aquatic bed):
(choose the highest scoring description that matches conditions in the wetland)
• 3/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft. (I Om) wide points = 6
• 3/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 6 ft. (2m) wide. points = 4
• 1/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft. (l Om) wide. points = 4
• Vegetation is at least 6 ft. (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 2
• Vegetation is less than 6 ft. (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 0
Aerial photo or map with Cowardin vegetation classes
Figure
Record the points in the boxes above'
L 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce erosion?
(see p. 64)
Multiplier
Are there features along the shore that will be impacted if the shoreline erodes? Note which of the following
conditions apply.
There are human structures and activities along the upland edge of the wetland (buildings, fields)
that can be damaged by erosion.
There are undisturbed natural resources along the upland edge of the wetland (e.g. mature forests,
other wetlands) that can be damaged by shoreline erosion.
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from L3 by L4; then add score to table on p. II
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 6 of 12
Wetland name or number A
1
S Slo ' e Weal nds
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality.
Points
(only 1 score
per box)
(see p.64)
S 1
Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of unit:
• Slope is 1% or less (a 1% slope has a 1 fi vertical drop in elevation for every 100 ft. horizontal distance) points = 3
• Slope is 1% - 2% points = 2
• Slope is 2% - 5%. points = 1
• Slope is greater than 5% points = 0
S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay, organic (Use NRCS definitions).
YES = 3 points NO = 0 points
S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points
appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you have trouble seeing the soil surface (> 75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants
are higher than 6 inches.
• Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area points = 6
• Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area points = 3
• Dense, woody, vegetation > 1/2 of area points = 2
• Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area points = 1
• Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation points = 0
Aerial photo or map with vegetation polygons
Figure
Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above
S 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p. 67)
Multiplier
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields, logging, or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft. upslope of wetland
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from SI by S2; then add score to table on p. 11
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion.
(see p.68)
s 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion?
S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points
appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland (stems of plants should be thick
enough (usually> 1/8in), or dense enough to remain erect during .surface flows).
• Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland points = 6
• Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation> 1/2 area of wetland points = 3
• Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area points = 1
• More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled, or vegetation is not rigid points = 0
S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows.
The slope has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area.
YES = 2 points NO = 0 points
Add the points in the boxes above I
S 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
MO II
(see p. 70)
Multiplier
Is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect
downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note
which of the following conditions apply.
Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Other
(Answer NO if the major source of water is controlled by a reservoir (e.g. wetland is a seep that is on
the downstream side of a dam)
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S3 by S4; then add score to table on p. 11
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page.7 of 12
Wetland name or number A
t't•!Y ti] vAt7". A _V, _ _ J L IffiLL
habitat.
( y 0 score
- -- _ -
HABI all' UN TIONS = Indicators ad wetland functions (�.7provide important
H 1
Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1 Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
— Size threshold for each class is
herbaceous, moss/ground-
of Cowardin vegetation classes
3 structures points = 2
1 structure points = 0
Figure
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
0
Emergent plants
Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
x Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if.
The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs,
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map
4 structures or more points = 4
2 structures points = 1
H 1.2 Hydroperiods (see p.73):
The water regime has to
descriptions of hydroperiods).
more types present points = 3
more types present points = 2
present points = 1
present points = 0
Map of hydroperiods
Figure
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland.
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or
0
Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types
X Saturated only 1 type
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points
H 1.3 Richness of Plant Species (see p. 75):
ft2 (different patches of the same
reed canarygrass, purple
points = 2
species points = 1
points = 0
1
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil,
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle. If you counted: > 19 species
5 — 19
List species below if you want to: < 5 species
H 1.4 Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is
vegetation (described in H 1.1), or
high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
open water, the rating is
always "high".
Use map of Cowardin classes.
Figure
O Q
0
None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points
-". t .
4
�-
[riparian braided channels)
Hich =3 points
H 1.5 Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
of checks is the number of points
and 6 ft. long)
vegetation extends at least
for at least 33 ft. (10m)
or muskrat for denning
(cut shrubs or trees that have
branches are present in areas that
by amphibians)
stratum of plants
78 is an error.
1
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number
you put into the next column.
X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter
Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit,
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present
not yet turned grey/brown)
At least 1/4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying
Invasive plants cover less than 25% of the wetland area in each
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page
H 1 TOTAL Score — potential for providing habitat Add the points in the column above I 2
I
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 8 of 12
Wetland name or number A
H 2
Does the
wetland have the onnortunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only l score
NWT -lb wi)
H 2.1
Buffers (see P. 80):
Figure
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed".
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
1
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference points = 3
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) points = 0
X Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
H 2.2
Corridors and Connections (seep. 81)
0
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
• Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
• Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR YES = 1 point
• Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres? NO = 0 points
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 9 of 12
Wetland name or number A
H 2.3 Near or adjacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82): (see new and complete
0
descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report
http://wdfiv.wa.Qov/hab/phslist.htm )
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland unit?
NOTE: the connections do not have to he relatively undisturbed.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre).
Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native
fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152).
Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.
Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in)
dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown
cover may be Tess that 1.00%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the
oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158).
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and
terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or
a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161).
Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to
provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources.
Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore,
and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in
WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A).
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils,
rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt,
andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs.
Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics
to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of > 51 cm (20 in) in
western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest
end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long.
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points
If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points
If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are
addressed in question H 2.4)
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
3
• There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development points = 5
• The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile points = 5
• There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. points = 3
• The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile points = 3
• There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile points = 2
• There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile points = 0
H 2 TOTAL Score — opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 I
4
TOTAL for H l from page 8
2
— 6 — J
•
Total Score for Habitat Functions Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 .
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 10 of 12
Wetland name or number A
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type — Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I NO = Category II
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/II).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the arca of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of 1 acre.
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Cat I
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1 NO not a Heritage Wetland
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Cat. I
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
1. Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)? YES = go to question 3 NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond? YES = go to question 3 NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category I NO = Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 11 of 12
Wetland name or number A
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Cat. 1
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old -growth.
YES = Category I NO = not a forested wetland with special characteristics
scs
Wetlands in Coastal Laeoons (see p. 91)
Cat. I
Cat. II
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to be measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I NO = Category II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Cat. II
Cat. III
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
• Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
• Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
• Ocean Shores-Copalis — lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
•
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the "highest" rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter "Not Applicable" on p. 1
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 12 of 12
Appendix F Qualifications
All field inspections, jurisdictional wetland boundary delineations, habitat assessments, and supporting
documentation, including this Wetland Delineation and Fish and Wildlife Habitat Assessment
Report prepared for the Strander Boulevard Project, were prepared by Jon Pickett of SVC. In
addition, report preparation and site inspections were performed by Alex Callender and Emily Swaim.
Jon Pickett
Senior Environmental Planner
Professional Experience: 9 years
Jon Pickett is a Senior Scientist/Environmental Planner with diverse professional experience in habitat
development as a Regional Biologist and Environmental Project Manager, with an emphasis in wetland
restoration and enhancement. Jon has extensive experience successfully planning, developing, securing
funding, managing and implementing numerous large-scale wetland habitat projects aimed at restoring
the biological and physical functions of wetlands throughout California's Central. Valley and Southern
California. During this time he managed a 2,200 acre private wetland and upland habitat complex as
a public trust resource for conservation and consumptive use. He worked to ensure projects were
designed and implemented to achieve habitat restoration goals, including reclamation of wetland and
floodplain habitats, reintroduction of aquatic complexity and habitat, and reestablishment of riparian
corridor.
Jon has worked with Federal and State agencies and private entities on land acquisitions for
conservational habitat and public use, including prioritizing acquisitions relative to value and
opportunity and funding. In addition, Jon has experience in regulatory coordination to ensure projects
operated in compliance with Federal, State and local environmental regulations, preparing permit
documentation, coordinating with all pertinent agencies and stakeholders, and developing and
maintaining appropriate permitting timelines to ensure timely approvals. He also oversaw earthwork
construction components and revegetation efforts, as well as post -project monitoring, with an
emphasis in native vegetation establishment and natural channel morphology.
Jon earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Resource Sciences from Washington State
University and Bachelor of Science Minor in Forestry from Washington State University.
Emily Swaim
Wetland Scientist/Field Geologist
Professional Experience: 4 years
Emily Swaim is a Wetland Scientist and Field Geologist with a background in conducting Phase I, II
and III Environmental Site Assessments (ESAs), underground natural gas pipeline and overhead
electrical transmission line project assessment and environmental inspections, construction oversight,
stormwater compliance inspections, soil sampling, delineating and assessing wetland and aquatic
systems, and stormwater, floodplain, and wetland permitting. Ms. Swaim's expertise focuses on
projects involving sensitive wetland and stream habitats where extensive team coordination and
various regulatory challenges must be carefully and intelligently managed from project inception to
completion.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
Emily earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Geology from Illinois State University and Wetland
Science and Management Professional Certification from the University of Washington, Seattle. She
is also educated in Environmental Science from Iowa State University. Her education and experience
has provided her with extensive knowledge on soils, wetland science, hydrogeology, sedimentology,
environmental law, environmental geology, landscape ecology, and structural geology. Ms. Swaim has
been formally trained in Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) and
is Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) 30-hour. Construction and 10-hour
Construction certified. She is also a Pierce County Qualified Wetland Specialist and Wetland
Professional In -Training (WPIT) through the Society of Wetland Scientists.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report Revised January 11, 2019
WETLAND DELINEATION AND FISH AND WILDLIFE
HABITAT ASSESSMENT REPORT
STRANDER BOULEVARD
JANUARY 2017
REVISED MARCH 2018
CORRECTION
Ll'R#�
RECEIVED
MAY 0 9 201a
TUKW►LA
pUBub WORKS
Soundview
Consultants
Environmental Assessment
Planning+Land Use Solutions
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard I Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
WETLAND DELINEATION AND FISH AND WILDLIFE
HABITAT ASSESSMENT REPORT
STRANDER BOULEVARD
JANUARY 17, 2017
REVISED MARCH 28, 2018
PROJECT LOCATION
15643 WEST VALLEY HWY
TUKWILA, WA 98055
PREPARED FOR
PUGET WESTERN, INC.
P.O. Box 1529
BOTHELL, WA. 98041
PREPARED BY
SOUNDVIEW CONSULTANTS LLC
2907 HARBORVIEW DRIVE, SUITE D
GIG HARBOR, WASHINGTON 98335
(253) 514-8952
�Q; Soundview
7� Consultants
Environmental Assessment
Planning + Land Use Solutions
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 11
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
1
Executive Summary
Soundview Consultants LLC (SVC) has been assisting Puget Western (Applicant) with a wetland and
fish and wildlife habitat assessment and development of a buffer reduction and restoration plan for
the proposed access improvements from Strander Boulevard at West Valley Highway to facilitate
future development of a 4.26-acre commercial property located on Strander Boulevard in the City of
Tukwila, Washington. The subject property is situated in the Southwest 1/4 of Section 24, Township
23 North, Range 4, W.M. (King County Parcel Numbers 0005800012, 0005800008 and 2523049023).
SVC investigated the subject property for the presence of potentially -regulated wetlands, waterbodies,
fish and wildlife habitat, and/or priority species in fall of 2016. The site investigation identified one
potentially -regulated Category IV depressional wetland (\Vetland A) on the subject property extending
offsite into the Union Pacific Railroad Right -of -Way (ROW) south of Strander Boulevard. No
wetlands are present on the subject property North of Strander Boulevard. According to TMC
18.45.080.D, Category IV wetlands require standard 50-foot buffers.
The project has been carefully designed in order to avoid and minimize impacts to sensitive areas to
the greatest extent feasible, and as such all direct wetland impacts are avoided; however, complete
avoidance of impacts to wetland buffer is not possible. A buffer reduction is being proposed in
accordance with TMC 18.45.080.F through approved buffer restoration and enhancement measures
for the onsite buffer associated Wetland A to reduce the buffer and allow public ROW improvements.
The applicant proposes public ROW/access improvements from Strander Boulevard at West Valley
Highway to facilitate future development of the subject property.
The summary table below identifies potential regulatory status of local, State, and Federal agencies.
Wetlands
Size
Cate o
g rY
Regulated Under
TMC, Title 18.45
Regulated Under
RCW 90.48
Regulated Under
Clean Water Act
A
0.03 ac
IV
Yes
Yes
Likely
Washington State Department of Ecology (\C'SDOE) 2004 wetland rating methods.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 1 Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Site Map
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard II
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised \X/etland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
STRANDER BOULEVARD - EXISTING CONDITIONS
Al 9.9
A8
TP4
A2 A3
A4
4
A7 A6
TP5
-70
-23
STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
•
4-116-1-1111"WP /r-
W ESY VALLEY HIGHWAY
INTERURBAN TRAIL -
I j
.‘ QS TP6
NOTE:
ALL PROPERTY BOUNDARIES,
WETLAND AND DATA PLOT
(DP) LOCATIONS ARE
APPROXIMATE ONLY.
WETLAND A - CAT. IV
APPROX. 1,265 SF
0
50
100
IPROPERTY BOUNDARY
200
GRAPHIC SCALE
i'=ioo'
PRI'iJMINARY
INFORM.\TION O\ I
N (Yr I:()R(:oNsTR[ (:"I'10 N.
S( )I \I)VIEV( CONSITTANTS, LLC. ASSUMES
NO 1.1 \BILITY OR RF,SPONSIBII.ITV FOR
CONSTRUCTION, IMPROVEMENTS, OR
I:S Il.\lATES BASED ON THIS PLAN SET
DP 3
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
DP 2
DP 7
TUKWILA STATION ACCESS ROAD
DP 1
DP 9 DP 8
DP 10 PROPERTY BOUNDARY
SOUNDVI EWCONS ULT.ANTS.COM
DATE: 3/29/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 1 OF 2
Table of Contents
Chapter 1. Introduction 1
Chapter 2. Project Location 2
2.1 Location 2
2.2 Project Description 2
Chapter 3. Methods 4
Chapter 4. Existing Conditions 5
4.1 Landscape Setting 5
4.2 Soils 5
4.3 Vegetation 5
4.4 Priority Habitats and Species 6
4.5 Precipitation 6
Chapter 5. Results 8
5.1 Wetlands 8
Chapter 6. Regulatory Considerations 11
6.1 Local, State, and Federal Compliance 11
6.2 Buffer Reduction and Enhancement 11
Chapter 7. Buffer Reduction and Restoration Plan 13
7.1 Purpose and Need 13
7.2 Mitigation Sequencing 13
7.3 Description of Impacts and Mitigation Strategy 13
7.4 Approach and Best Management Practices 14
7.5 Goals, Objectives, and Performance Standards 14
7.6 Plant Materials and Installation for Restoration Actions 15
7.7 Maintenance & Monitoring Plan 16
7.8 Reporting 17
7.9 Contingency Plan 17
Chapter 8. Closure 19
Chapter 9. References 20
Figures
Figure 1. Vicinity Map with Parcel Numbers. 2
Figure 2. Aerial Photograph of the Entire Subject Site. 6
Tables
Table 1. Precipitation Summary' 6
Table 2. Wetlands on the Subject Property 8
Table 3. Wetland A Summary 9
Table 4. Functions and Values of Existing Wetland A 10
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 111
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix A
Appendix B —
Appendix C —
Appendix D
Appendix E
Appendix F —
Appendices
— Methods and Tools
Background Information
Site Plan
— Data Sheets
— Wetland Rating Forms
Qualifications
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard iv
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
March 28, 2018
Chapter 1. Introduction
Soundview Consultants LLC (SVC) is assisting Puget Western (Applicant) with a wetland delineation
and fish and wildlife habitat assessment and buffer reduction plan for a proposed road access
construction from Strander Boulevard at West Valley Highway to a potential future development site
of a 4.26-acre commercial property located on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila, Washington.
The subject property is situated in the Southwest 1/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North, Range 4, W.M.
(King County Parcel Numbers 0005800012, 0005800008 and 2523049023).
The purpose of this wetland delineation and fish and wildlife habitat assessment is to evaluate the
presence of potentially -regulated wetlands, fish and wildlife habitat, and/or priority species on or near
the subject property, and to provide regulatory considerations and recommendations moving forward
with the project.
This report provides conclusions and recommendations regarding:
• Site description and area of assessment;
• Background research of potentially -regulated critical areas and habitats within the vicinity of
the subject property;
• Identification, delineation, and assessment of potentially -regulated wetlands;
• Identification and assessment of potentially regulated fish and wildlife habitat;
• Standard buffer recommendations, building setbacks, and development limitations;
• Site map detailing identified critical areas and standard buffers;
• Supplemental information necessary for local regulatory review, and
• Buffer reduction measures.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 1
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 2. Project Location
2.1 Location
The proposed project is located on Strander Boulevard in the City of Tukwila, Washington. The
subject property is situated on 4.26-acres in the Southwest '/4 of Section 24, Township 23 North,
Range 4, W.M. (King County Parcel Numbers 0005800012, 0005800008 and a portion of 2523049023)
(Figure 1).
To access the site from Interstate 5 North from the Tukwila area, merge onto State Route 405 north
via exit 154 towards Bellevue. Take exit 1 from State Route 405 north and turn right onto WA-181
South/West Valley Highway. Continue on West Valley Highway for approximately 0.4 miles and then
turn left onto Strander Boulevard. The subject property will be immediately on the left and right-hand
side between the Interurban Trail and the train tracks.
Figure 1. Vicinity Map with Parcel Numbers.
wlla Bkwy
Evans Black
4
c
fl aker fllvd
Parcel -0008
Approximate
Location of
Subject Site
, 1]&h St
17,
g Lon geU"W4
Lonyacres 0T SW
SounWn
Tu4 a.
tt Omit.
Igo ing
totaggi
Parcel -0012
Parcel -9023
Oakesdaie Ave SW
2.2 Project Description
The proposed project is to provide road access from West Valley Highway as a continuation of
Strander Boulevard onto the subject property. The intent of the proposed road entrance will be to
service a future development of the site north of Strander Boulevard. The proposed project is not
anticipated to result in the loss of any wetland habitat; however, a 50- foot wetland buffer extends into
the ROW, therefore, a buffer reduction and buffer reduction plan is proposed. The buffer area which
may be affected is currently degraded due to the existing interruption caused by the existing extension
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 2 Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
of Strander Boulevard. The proposed buffer project provides buffer restoration and measures which
will result in increased protection of the onsite wetland compared to existing conditions.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 3
Soundview Consultants L L C
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 3. Methods
SVC investigated the subject property for potentially regulated wetlands, and fish and wildlife habitat
on November 9, 2016. Wetland determinations were made using observable vegetation, hydrology,
and soils in conjunction with data from the U.S. Geographic Survey (USGS) topographic maps, U.S.
Fish and Wildlife Service (USFWS), National Wetlands Inventory (NWI), King County iMap, Soil
Survey of King County (Snyder, 1973), Washington Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDFW) local
precipitation data (NOAA), and various orthophotographic resources. Appendix A contains further
details for the methods and tools used to prepare this report.
Wetland boundaries were determined using the routine approach described in the U.S. Army Corps
of Engineers (USACE) Wetlands Delineation Manual (Environmental Laboratory, 1987) and modified
according to the guidelines established in the Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland
Delineation Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (Version 2.0) (USACE, 2010). Qualified
wetland scientists marked boundaries of on -site wetland with orange surveyor's flagging labeled alpha -
numerically and tied to vegetation along the wetland boundary. Pink surveyor's flagging was labeled
alpha -numerically and tied vegetation at formal sampling locations to mark the points where detailed
data was collected. Additional tests pits were excavated at regular intervals inside and outside of the
wetland boundary to further confirm the delineation.
SVC classified all wetlands using both the hydrogeomorphic (Brinson, 1993) and Cowardin
(Cowardin, 1979) classification systems, and assessed wetlands using the Wetland Functions
Characterisation Tool for Linear Projects (WSDOT, 2000). Following classification and assessment,
WSDOE-trained scientists rated and categorized all wetlands using the 2004 Washington State Wetlands
Rating System for Western Washington (Hruby, 2004).
The fish and wildlife habitat assessment was conducted during the same site visits by qualified fish
and wildlife biologists. Experienced biologists made visual observations using stationary and walking
survey methods for both aquatic and upland habitats noting any special habitat features or signs of
fish and wildlife activity.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 4
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 4. Existing Conditions
4.1 Landscape Setting
The subject property is a series of three parcels, extending for approximately one mile within a highly
urbanized area (Figure 2). The site abuts the Tukwila Amtrak Station to the east, various commercial
businesses to the south, the Interurban Trail and commercial development to the west, and various
commercial business to the north with Interstate 405 beyond.
The topography on the site is relatively flat. Parcel -0012 is level throughout at roughly 25 feet. The
northern section of Parcel -0008 slopes upward five feet to the northwest. The southern section of
Parcel -0008 slopes downward five feet to the northeast. The largest parcel, Parcel -9023, varies in
elevation by approximately five feet throughout.
The subject property is largely undeveloped except for a small parking area on Parcel -0008 and a
7,200 square foot warehouse on the northern end of Parcel -0012. In addition, powerlines run the
length of the site. There are also utilities in many locations across the subject property.
4.2 Soils
The NRCS Soil Survey of King County identified one soil series within the immediate project area:
Newberg silt loam. A soil map is provided in Appendix B4.
Newberg Silt Loam (Ng)
According to the survey, the Newberg soil series has well -drained soils that are 0-2 percent slopes.
More specifically, the Newberg silt loam series contains an A horizon that ranges from a dark brown
to dark grayish brown. The C horizon typically includes variable layers of silt loam, fine sandy loam,
loamy sand, and sand. Between depths of 30 to 40 inches, mottling can occur. These soils have
moderate permeability, and the seasonal water table is typically at a depth of three to four feet. These
areas are prime farmland (NRCS, 1973).
4.3 Vegetation
Upland vegetation is dominated by a suite of both native and non-native invasive plants. Native
species include an overstory of black cottonwood (Populus balsamifera) and big -leaf maple (Acer
macrophyllum), and an understory of red -osier dogwood (Cornus alba) and snowberry (Symphoricarpos
albus). In the central portion of site non-native invasive plants dominate the southern portion of the
site and include Himalayan blackberry (Rubus armeniacus), English holly (Ilex aquifolium), English ivy
(Hedera helix), field bindweed (Convolvulus arvensis), reed canarygrass (Phalaris arundinacea), and creeping
buttercup (Ranunculus repens).
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 5
Soundview Consultants LIE
Revised Wedand Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Figure 2. Aerial Photo raph of the Entire Subjec` Site.
4.4 Priority Habitats and Species
Approximate
Location of
Subject Site
The (WDFW) (PHS) and USFWS NWI data both identify potential freshwater forested/shrub
wetlands on the subject site and a freshwater emergent wetland roughly 175 feet to the east of the
subject property (Appendix B). The City of Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map identifies a potential large
Category I/II wetland complex with an associated 100-foot buffer starting at the proposed road access
construction area where Strander Boulevard currently terminates at the railroad tracks, and continuing
for roughly one mile south. The WDFW interactive salmonid data map, SalmonScape does not
identify any potential fish presence on or adjacent to the subject property.
4.5 Precipitation
Precipitation data was obtained from the National Oceanic and Atmospheric Administration (NOAA)
weather station at SeaTac Airport in order to obtain percent of normal precipitation during and
preceding the investigations. A summary of data collected is provided in Table 1.
Table 1. Precipitation Summary'
Date
Day
of
Day
Before
1 Week
Prior
2 Weeks
Prior
Month to Date
(Observed/Norrnal)2
Year to Date
(Obserecd/Normal)'
Percent of
Normal
month/year)3
131/235
11/09/2016
0.1
0.00
0.27
0.35
2.39/1.82
12.44/5.3
Precipitation volume provided in inches. Data obtained from NOAA (http://www.weather.gov/climate/index.php?wfo=sew) and Weather
Underground (http://www.wunderground.com/history/) for SeaTac Airport.
Month -to -date and year-to-date precipitation shown is from the first of the month to the date of the site visit, and from October 1" to the date of
the site visit.
Percent of normal shown is for the month/year.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 6
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants 1.1.0
March 28, 2018
During the November site visit, month -to -date precipitation amounts were above normal (131 percent
of normal), with year-to-date precipitation at 235 percent above normal levels. This precipitation data
suggests that significantly high precipitation year-to-date may have caused some areas not normally
wet to become saturated and/or inundated at the time of the site investigations. Such conditions were
considered in making professional wetland boundary determinations.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 7
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 5. Results
' 5.1 Wetlands
5.1.1 Overview
The site investigation identified one potentially -regulated wedand (Wetland A) on the subject property
south of Strander Boulevard which extends offsite into the Union Pacific Railroad ROW. A separate
wetland was identified off site south of wetland A and is not part of the project application and is not
located near the proposed access improvements. As such, it will not be elaborated upon in this report.
The identified wetland contained indicators of wedand hydrology, hydric soils, and a predominance
of hydrophytic vegetation according to current wetland delineation methodology. No wetlands are
present on the subject property north of Strander Boulevard wetland data forms are provided in
Appendix D, and wetland rating forms are provided in Appendix E. Table 2 summarizes the wetlands
identified on the subject property.
Table 2. Wetlands on the Subject Property
Wetland
Predominant Wetland Classification / Rating
Wetland
Size
(acres)
Buffer
Width
(feet)E
CowardinA
HGMB
WSDOEc
City of
Tukwila
A
PFOB
Depressional
IV
IV
0.03
50
Notes:
A. Cowardin et al. (1979) or National Wetland Inventory (NWI) Class based on vegetation: PEM = Palustrine Emergent; PSS = Palustrine Scrub -
Shrub; PFO = Palustrine Forested; Modifiers (-A, -B, -E, et cetera) = Water Regime or Special Situations
B. Brinson,IV. M. (1993).
C. \WSDOE rating according to Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington 2004.
D. TMC 18.45.080.E definition.
E. TMC 18.45.080.D buffer standards.
Wetland A
Wetland A is approximately 9,970 square feet (0.22 acre) in size and is located in the center of the
subject property on the north end of parcel #9023, just south of Strander Boulevard. Hydrology for
Wetland A is provided by surface sheet flow, direct precipitation, a seasonally -high groundwater table,
and excess stormwater runoff from surrounding development and the adjacent railroad. Wetland
vegetation is dominated by Pacific willow, Sitka willow, red alder, and black cottonwood with an
understory of red -osier dogwood, salmonberry, Himalayan blackberry and small patches of morning
glory, reed canarygrass, and common bedstraw. Wetland A is a Palustrine Forested, Seasonally
Saturated wetland. Under TMC 18.45.080.B, Wetland A is a Category IV depressional wetland.
Table 3 summarizes Wetland A.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 8 Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Table 3. Wetland A Summa
WETLAND A - INFORMATION SUMMARY
Location: Located in the center of the sub'ect .ro.er r, 'ust south of Strander Boulevard.
'�' , ; ..
Local urisdiction
Tukwila
o n
-,.WRIA
;,, 4', jT: � '; :"
9-
Green/Duwamish
River Watershed
F' 1`
,,,
d' a
, ` •'
' sit,., ' ' I "'S-- -'-
.� ,•,
WSDOE Rating
Hrub , 2004
City of Tukwila Ratin:
City of Tukwila Buffer
Width
Wetland Size
Cowardin Classification
HGM Classification
IV
IV
50 feet
s • uare feet
PFOB
Depressional
M.
S i , %
• r r_'T . r `�
Wetland Data Sheet(s)DP-4
Upland Data Sheet (s)
DP-5
DP-6
Dominant
Vegetation
I
Wetland A is dominated by Pacific willow,
with an understory of red -osier dogwood,
atches of mornin::lor ', reed cana
Bound . Fla: color
Sitka willow, red alder
salmonberry, Himalayan
• ass, and common bedstraw.
Oran • e
and black cottonwood
blackberry, with small
Soils
Soils within the wetland were observed to have a dark greyish brown silt loam with faint
redoximorphic features over a dark grey depleted silt loam with prominent dark yellowish
brown redoximo .hic concentrations.
Hydrology
Hydrology for Wetland A is provided by surface sheet flow, direct precipitation, a
seasonally -high groundwater table, and excess stormwater runoff from surrounding
develo.ment and the ad'acent railroad.
Rationale for
Delineation
Wetland boundaries were determined by topographic drop and a transition to hydrophytic
)lant communi '.
Rationale for
Local Ratin
local rating is based upon WSDOE's 2004 rating method and TMC 18.45.080.B.
Wetland Functions Summ .
Water Quality
\\ ctland .\ has a low potential to retain sediments and pollutants from surface runoff due
to the small size and limited contributing basin. Wetland A's score for Water Quality
Functions usin • the 2004 method is low 14 .
Hydrologic
The wetland provides a low level of hydrologic functions as it does not have a significant
depth of live storage. Wetland A's score for Hydrologic Functions using the 2004 method
is ve low 4 .
Habitat
Wildlife habitat functions provided by the wetland may include small bird forage and
nesting. Wetland A has a forested Cowardin classification but does not have 3 out of the
5 strata. Wetland A's score for Habitat Functions usin • the 2004 method is low 6 .
Buffer
Condition
The buffer surrounding Wetland A is dominated by Himalayan blackberry where
ve • etated and develo. ed to the north b Strander Boulevard and to the west b , a railroad.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 9
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
March 28, 2018
5.1.2 Hydrology
Wetland hydrology appears to be from surface sheet flow, seasonally -high groundwater, direct
precipitation, and excess surface water runoff from adjacent high intensity land uses. A culvert is
located on the north end of Wetland A where it has an intermittently flowing outlet and discharges to
the north.
5.1.3 Wetland Buffers
Wetland A is a Category IV depressional wetland under TMC 18.45.080.B. Per TMC 18.45.080.D,
Category IV wetlands are subject to standard 50-foot buffer due to the surrounding high -impact land
use. In addition, buildings and other structures require a 15-foot building setback from the buffer
(TMC 18.45.080.E).
5.1.4 Wetland Functions
Using the rapid assessment method (WSDOT, 2000), the wetland in the project area may provide
several water quality and hydrologic functions, such as sediment and toxin removal, limited stormwater
retention and infiltration, water quality enhancement, and minimal habitat for wildlife. However, these
functions are limited by vegetative cover and habitat diversity, wetland size, and the position of the
wetlands within the landscape. Wetland A is not likely to provide any function of educational value,
uniqueness, or heritage to the best of our professional judgement.
Table 4. Functions and Values of Existing Wetland A.
Function / Valuet
Wetland
A
Water Quality Functions
Sediment Removal
x
Nutrient and Toxicant Removal
x
Hydrologic Functions
Flood Flow Alteration
x
Erosion Control & Shoreline
Stabilization
Habitat Functions
Production & Export of Organic Matter
x
General Habitat Suitability
-
Habitat for Aquatic Invertebrates
x
Habitat for Amphibians
x
Habitat for. Wetland -Associated
Mammals
Habitat for Wetland -Associated Birds
x
General Fish Habitat
-
Native Plant Richness
-
Special Characteristics
Educational or Scientific Value
-
Uniqueness and Heritage
-
1 -"means that the function is not present; "x" means that the function is present is of lower quality; and "+" means the function
is present and is of higher quality.
1244.0003 Strander. Boulevard 10
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
March 28, 2018
Chapter 6. Regulatory Considerations
The results of the November 2016 site investigation identified one Category IV wetland (Wetland A)
on the subject property. One other potentially -regulated wedands were identified on -site
approximately 300 feet south of the proposed project area on Parcel -9023. No other potentially -
regulated waterbodies or fish and wildlife habitat were identified on or near the subject property. As
such, regulatory considerations and buffer reduction and enhancement recommendations are
provided below.
6.1 Local, State, and Federal Compliance
TMC 18.45.080.B requires assessment using the WSDOE 2004 wetland rating system. Category IV
wedands generally provide low levels of function, they are typically more disturbed, smaller, and/or
more isolated in the landscape than Category I, II, or III wetlands. Category IV wedands provide low
levels of functions and score less than 30 out of 100 points. In addition, USAGE, WSDOE and the
City will likely assert jurisdiction over on -site wetland under their respective codes and regulations.
Per TMC 18.45.080, Category IV wetlands located in areas of high intensity land use, such as those
identified on -site require a standard 50-foot buffer width with an additional 15-foot setback for
commercial development. Due to a portion of the site being encumbered by Wetland A and its
associated buffer, some buffer modification measures are necessary for the proposed access improving
construction as outlined in Section 6.2 of this report should any future improvements be necessary
south of Strander Boulevard. Future development plans may also be encumbered by Wetland A
and/or its associated buffer. All future critical area impacts proposed under the site development plan
would need to be fully permitted through the City, WSDOE, and/or the USACE.
6.2 Buffer Reduction and Enhancement
Access onto the subject property from Strander Boulevard the northern section of Parcel -9023,
wetland A's buffer area will be impacted. Under such a scenario, wetland fill would be avoided, and
State and Federal permitting would not likely be required for buffer impacts only. According to TMC
18.45.080.F, variation of the standard buffer width is allowed only if the current buffer condition is
degraded "due to existing development within the prescribed buffer width, the presence of a
significant amount of invasive vegetation that impairs buffer function, and/or lack of native
vegetation." The project site meets all of these criteria as the buffer area is currently obstructed by a
gravel road (the termination of the current extent of Stander Boulevard), the buffer area is dominated
by invasive reed canary grass and field bindweed and there is only a small amount of native common
bedstraw (Galium aparine) present within the buffer. Since these criteria are met, a Type 2 permit with
an approved buffer enhancement plan prepared by a Wetland Biologist is allowed if the following
conditions are satisfied per TMC 18.45.080.F.2:
A. Additional protection to wetlands will be provided through the implementation of a buffer enhancement plan;
B. The existing condition of the buffer is degraded; and
C. Buffer enhancement includes, but is not limited to the following:
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 11
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
1. Planting vegetation that would increase value for fish and wildlife habitat or improve water quality or
hydrology;
2. Enhancement of wildlife habitat by incorporating structures that are likely to be used by wildlife,
including wood duck boxes, bat boxes, snags, root wads/stumps, birdhouses and heron nesting areas;
or
3. Removing non-native plant species and noxious weeds from the buffer area and replanting the area
subject to C.1 above.
Specific non -compensatory mitigation actions can be selected and a detailed comprehensive buffer
enhancement and management strategy can be prepared and submitted as a final mitigation plan. With
these approved actions, TMC 18.45.080.F specifies that the buffer area shall not result in greater than
a 50 percent reduction. As the existing buffers are degraded in the vicinity of the proposed impacts,
the accompanying buffer enhancement actions are intended to provide a net improvement in habitat,
hydrologic, and water quality functions.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 12
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 7. Buffer Reduction and Restoration Plan
The following sections present the proposed buffer reduction and temporary buffer impact and
restoration plan to address the permanent buffer modification and temporary impacts associated with
the proposed project. The proposed buffer reduction and restoration actions attempt to closely adhere
to local Critical Areas regulations specified in TMC 18.45.080.F. The proposed buffer reduction and
restoration plan is described below.
7.1 Purpose and Need
The proposed project is to provide road access from West Valley Highway as a continuation of
Strander Boulevard onto the subject property. The intent of the proposed road entrance will be to
service a future development of the site north of Strander Boulevard. The proposed project is not
anticipated to result in the loss of any wetland habitat; however, a 50- foot wetland buffer extends into
the right of way so buffer reduction is being proposed.
7.2 Mitigation Sequencing
The project has been designed to avoid direct impacts to the wetland. Further, the project was
designed to minimize impacts to buffers to the greatest extent possible. In order to provide public
ROW improvement to access the site, buffer reduction is necessary.
The degraded buffer associated with Wetland A is proposed to be reduced from 50 feet to 25 feet and
restored as allowed per TMC 18.45.080.F.2. All construction activities are avoiding direct wetland
critical area impacts through careful project design. The proposed planting actions will restore the
impacted and degraded wetland buffer and improve ecological functions and value by providing
additional functions according to the needs of the watershed and providing an overall improvement
to wetland buffer functions. Removing wetland buffer degradations such as non-native, invasive
vegetation, and replacing with native vegetation within the buffer will restore the habitat functions
provided by the site and improve hydrology and quality of water leaving the project site. A diverse
herbaceous layer will be established to provide browse, cover, and nesting for small mammals, which
in turn provide prey for raptors and other small mammals.
7.3 Description of Impacts and Mitigation Strategy
The proposed project requires minor intrusion into the northern buffer associated with Wetland A
due to site development restrictions and construction. In addition, temporary impacts from minor
grading may occur along the outer edges of the wetland buffers. Any grading within or adjacent to
the wetland buffer will incorporate BMPs and TESC measures to minimize impacts to the maximum
extent feasible. Approximately 1,765 square feet of wetland buffer area along the northwestern portion
of Wetland A will be restored to mitigate indirect impacts using the species outlined in buffer
restoration plan set, and bare soil will be reseeded with the buffer seed mix. No activities are proposed
that will directly impact Wetland A.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 13
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
7.4 Approach and Best Management Practices
The proposed restoration plan is intended to provide increased wetland protections by maintenance
or improvement of wetland buffer functions. Impacts to the wetland buffer are being minimized
through careful planning efforts and project design. Restoration of disturbed areas within the buffer
should occur immediately after grading is complete. Temporary erosion and sediment control (TESC)
measures will be implemented that consists of high -visibility fencing (HVF) installed around native
vegetation along the modified perimeter of the buffer, silt fencing between the graded areas and
undisturbed buffer, plastic sheeting on stockpiled materials, and seeding of disturbed soils. These
TESC measures should be installed prior to the start of development or restoration actions and
actively managed for the duration of the project.
All equipment staging and materials stockpiles should be kept out of the buffer, and the area will need
to be kept free of spills and/or hazardous materials. All fill material and road surfacing should be
sourced from upland areas onsite or from approved suppliers and will need to be free of pollutants
and hazardous materials. Construction materials along with all construction waste and debris should
be effectively managed and stockpiled on paved surfaces and kept free of the remaining wetland buffer
area. Following completion of the residence, the entire site should be cleaned and detail graded using
hand tools wherever necessary, and TESC measures will need to be removed.
7.5 Goals, Objectives, and Performance Standards
The goals and objectives for the proposed buffer restoration actions are based on providing additional
habitat and protection for Wetland A and providing supplementary water quality and hydrological
functions. The buffer restoration actions are capable of improving habitat function for the wetland
over time by establishment of a dense vegetation barrier between the project and the critical areas.
The goals and objectives of the restoration actions are as follows:
Goal 1 — Improve and protect Wetland A by restoring approximately 1,765 square feet of the
northwestern portion of Wetland A's buffer area.
Objective 1— Establish dense cover of native trees, shrubs, and grasses and forbs within the
buffer to create diverse horizontal and vertical vegetation structure and improve wildlife
habitat.
Performance Standard 1.1 — By the end of Year 5, the wetland buffer restoration
area will have at least 2 species of native trees, and 3 species of native shrubs; (native
volunteer species can be included) present in all areas of restored buffer. To be
considered, the native species must make up at least 5 percent of the vegetation class.
Performance Standard 1.2 — Minimum plant survivorship will be at 100 percent of
installed plants at the end of Year 1 (replacement of lost plants allowed), 85 percent at
the end of Year 2, 80 percent at the end of Year 3, and 75 percent at the end of Year
5. Survivorship measurement will be based upon net stem density after year 1. Native
recruits may be counted towards survivorship totals.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 14
Soundview Consultants LT C
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Performance Standard 1.3 — Minimum native woody species cover in the restoration
area will be a minimum 30 percent total cover at the end of Year 3 and 50 percent at
the end of Year 5.
Performance Standard 1.4 — Non-native invasive plants will not make up more
than 20 percent total cover in any growing season during the monitoring period
following Year 1.
7.6 Plant Materials and Installation for Restoration Actions
7.6.1 Plant Materials
All plant materials to be used for restoration actions will be nursery grown stock from a reputable,
local source. Only native species are to be used; no hybrids or cultivars will be allowed. Plant material
provided will be typical of their species or variety; if not cuttings they will exhibit normal, densely -
developed branches and vigorous, fibrous root systems. Plants will be sound, healthy, vigorous plants
free from defects, and all forms of disease and infestation.
Container stock shall have been grown in its delivery container for not less than six months but not
more than two years. Plants shall not exhibit rootbound conditions. Under no circumstances shall
container stock be handled by their trunks, stems, or tops. Seed mixture used for hand or
hydroseeding shall contain fresh, clean, and new crop seed mixed by an approved method. The
mixture is specified in this plan set.
All plant material shall be inspected by the Wetland Scientist upon delivery. Plant material not
conforming to the specifications below will be rejected and replaced by the planting contractor.
Rejected plant materials shall be immediately removed from the site.
Fertilizer will be in the form of Agroform plant tabs or an approved like form. Mulch will consist of
sterile wheat straw or clean recycled wood chips approximately 1 /2 inch to 1 inch in size and 1 /2 inch
thick. If free of invasive plant species, the mulch material may be sourced from woody materials
salvaged from the land clearing activities.
7.6.2 Plant Scheduling, Species, Size, and Spacing
Plant installation should occur as close to conclusion of clearing and grading activities as possible to
limit erosion and limit the temporal loss of function provided by the wetland and buffer. All planting
should occur between September 1 and May 1 to ensure plants do not dry out after installation, or
temporary irrigation measures may be necessary. All planting will be installed according to the
procedures detailed in the following subsections using the species and densities outlined in the buffer
restoration plan set.
7.6.3 Quality Control for Planting Plan
All plant material shall be inspected by the Wetland Scientist upon delivery. Plant material not
conforming to the specifications above will be rejected and replaced by the planting contractor.
Rejected plant materials shall be immediately removed from the site. Under no circumstances shall
container stock be handled by their trunks, stems, or tops.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 15
Soundview Consultants J_T_C
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
The landscape contractor shall provide the Wetland Scientist with documentation of plant material
that includes the supplying nursery contact information, plant species, plant quantities, and plant sizes.
7.6.4 Product Handling, Delivery, and Storage
All seed and fertilizer should be delivered in original, unopened, and undamaged containers showing
weight, analysis, and name of manufacturer. This material should be stored in a manner to prevent
wetting and deterioration. All precautions customary in good trade practice shall be taken in preparing
plants for. moving. Workmanship that fails to meet industry standards will be rejected. Plants will be
packed, transported, and handled with care to ensure protection against injury and from drying out.
If plants cannot be planted immediately upon delivery they should be protected with soil, wet peat
moss, or in a manner acceptable to the Wetland Scientist. Plants, fertilizer, and mulch not installed
immediately upon delivery shall be secured on the site to prevent theft or tampering. No plant shall
be bound with rope or wire in a manner that could damage or break the branches. Plants transported
on open vehicles should be secured with a protective covering to prevent windburn.
7.6.5 Preparation and Installation of Plant Materials
The planting contractor shall verify the location of all elements of the mitigation plan with the Wetland
Scientist prior to installation. The responsible Wetland Scientist reserves the right to adjust the
locations of landscape elements during the installation period as appropriate. If obstructions are
encountered that are not shown on the drawings, planting operations will cease until alternate plant
locations have been selected by and/or approved by the Wetland Scientist.
Circular plant pits with vertical sides will be excavated for all container stock. The pits should be at
least 12 inches in diameter, and the depth of the pit should accommodate the entire root system. The
bottom of each pit will be scarified to a depth of 4 inches.
Broken roots should be pruned with a sharp instrument and rootballs should be thoroughly soaked
prior to installation. Set plant material upright in the planting pit to proper grade and alignment.
Water plants thoroughly midway through backfilling and add Agroform tablets. Water pits again upon
completion of backfilling. No filling should occur around trunks or stems. Do not use frozen or
muddy mixtures for backfilling. Form a ring of soil around the edge of each planting pit to retain
water and install a 4- to 6-inch layer of mulch around the base of each container plant.
7.6.6 Temporary Irrigation Specifications
While the native species selected for mitigation are hardy and typically thrive in northwest conditions
and the proposed actions are planned in areas with sufficient hydroperiods for the species selected,
some individual plants might perish due to dry conditions. Therefore, irrigation or regular watering
may be provided as necessary for the duration of the first 2 growing seasons while the native plantings
become established.
7.7 Maintenance & Monitoring Plan
Maintenance and Monitoring Plans are described below in accordance with TMC 18.45.090. The
Applicant is committed to compliance with the restoration plan and overall success of the project. As
such, the Applicant will continue to maintain the project, keeping the site free from of non-native
invasive vegetation, trash, and waste.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 16
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
The wetland buffer restoration plan will require continued monitoring and maintenance to ensure the
actions are successful. Therefore, the project site will be monitored for a period of five years with
formal inspections by a qualified Wetland Scientist. Monitoring events will be scheduled at the time
of construction, 30 days after planting, early in the growing season and the end of the growing season
for Year 1, twice during Year 2, and annually in Years 3 and 5. Closeout assessment will also be
conducted in Year 5 to ensure the adequate restoration area was established.
Monitoring will consist of percent cover measurements at permanent monitoring stations, walk-
through surveys to identify invasive species presence and dead or dying restoration plantings,
photographs taken at fixed photo points, wildlife observations, and general qualitative habitat and
wetland function observations.
To determine percent cover, observed vegetation will be identified and recorded by species and an
estimate of areal cover of dominant species within each sampling plots. Circular sample plots,
approximately 30 feet in diameter (706 square feet), are centered at each monitoring station. The
sample plots encompass the specified wetland areas and terminate at the observed wetland boundary.
Trees and shrubs within each 30-foot diameter monitoring plot are then recorded to species and areal
cover. Herbaceous vegetation is sampled from a 10-foot diameter (78.5 square feet) within each
monitoring plot, established at the same location as the center of each tree and shrub sample plot.
Herbaceous vegetation within each monitoring plot is then recorded to species and includes an
estimate of percent areal cover. A list of observed tree, shrub, and herbaceous species including
percent areal cover of each species and wetland status is included within the monitoring report.
7.8 Reporting
Following each monitoring event, a brief monitoring report detailing the current ecological status of
the restoration actions, measurement of performance standards, and management recommendations
will be prepared and submitted to the City within 90 days of each monitoring event to ensure full
compliance with the restoration plan.
7.9 Contingency Plan
If monitoring results indicate that performance standards are not being met, it may be necessary to
implement all or part of the contingency plan. Careful attention to maintenance is essential in ensuring
that problems do not arise. Should any portion of the site fail to meet the success criteria, a
contingency plan will be developed and implemented with City approval. Such plans are adaptive and
should be prepared on a case -by -case basis to reflect the failed restoration characteristics. Contingency
plans can include additional plant installation, erosion control, and plant substitutions including type,
size, and location. The Contingency measures outlined below can also be utilized in perpetuity to
maintain the wetland and buffers associated with the proposed project site.
Contingency/maintenance activities may include, but are not limited to:
• Replacing plants lost to vandalism, drought, or disease, as necessary;
• Replacing any plant species with a 20 percent or greater mortality rate after two growing
seasons with the same species or native species of similar form and function;
• Irrigating the restoration areas only as necessary during dry weather if plants appear to be too
dry, with a minimal quantity of water;
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 17
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
• Reseeding and/or repair of wetland and buffer areas as necessary if erosion or sedimentation
occurs;
• Spot treat non-native invasive plant species; and
• Removing all trash or undesirable debris from the wetland and buffer areas as necessary.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 18
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 8. Closure
The findings and conclusions documented in this assessment report have been prepared for specific
application for the initial road access construction for the future development of the Strander
Boulevard site. These findings and conclusions have been developed in a manner consistent with that
level of care and skill normally exercised by members of the environmental science profession
currently practicing under similar conditions in the area. The conclusions and recommendations
presented in this assessment report are professional opinions based on an interpretation of
information currently available to us and are made within the operation scope, budget, and schedule
of this project. No warranty, expressed or implied, is made. In addition, changes in government codes,
regulations, or laws may occur. Due to such changes, our observations and conclusions applicable to
this assessment may need to be revised wholly or in part in the future.
Wetland status and boundaries identified by SVC are based on conditions present at the time of the
site visit and considered preliminary until the flagged wetland boundaries are validated by the
jurisdictional agencies. Validation of the wetland boundaries and jurisdictional status of such features
by the regulatory agencies provides a certification, usually written, that the wetland determination and
boundaries verified are the units that will be regulated by the agencies until a specific date or until the
regulations are modified. Only the regulatory agencies can provide this certification.
As wetlands and waterbodies are dynamic communities affected by both natural and human activities,
changes in boundaries may be expected; therefore, delineations cannot remain valid for an indefinite
period of time. Regulatory agencies typically recognize the validity of wetland delineations for a period
of five years after completion of an assessment report. Development activities on a site five years after
the completion of this assessment report may require reassessment of the wetland delineations. In
addition, changes in government codes, regulations, or laws may occur. Due to such changes, our
observations and conclusions applicable to this site may need to be revised wholly or in part.
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 19
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Chapter 9. References
Brinson, M. M., 1993. A hydrogeomorphic classification for wetlands, Technical Report WRP-DE-4, U.S.
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
Cooke, S.S. 1997. Wetland Plants of Western Washington. Seattle Audubon Society. Seattle, Washington
Cowardin, L.M., V. Carter, F. Golet, and E.T. LaRoe. 1979. Classification of Wetlands and Deepwater
Habitats of the United States. U.S. Fish & Wildlife Service. Washington D.C.
Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical Report Y-
87-1, US Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, Mississippi.
Tukwila Municipal Code (TMC). 2017. Title 18.45 — Environmentally Sensitive Areas.
http: / /records. tukwilawa.gov/weblink/ 1 /edoc/56618/Tukwila%20Municipal%20Code%20-
%20Title%2018%20-%20Zoning.pdf. Updated December 2017.
Hitchcock, C.L. and A. Cronquist, 1973. Flora of the Pacific Northwest. University of Washington Press.
Seattle, Washington.
Hruby, T., 2004. Washington State Wetland Rating System for Western Washington. Washington State
Department of Ecology Publication # 04-06-25.
Lichvar, R.W., M. Butterwick, N.C. Melvin, and W.N. Kirchner. 2014. The National Wetland Plant List::
2014 Update of Wetland Ratings. Phytoneuron 2014-41: 1-42.
Munsell® Color, 2000. MunsellO soil color charts. New Windsor, New York.
Natural Resources Conservation Service, 1995. Hydric Soils of Washington. U.S. Department of
Agriculture. Washington D.C.
Reed, P.B., Jr., 1988. National List of Plant Species That Occur in Wetlands:: National Summary. U.S. Fish &
Wildlife Service. Biol. Rep. 88 (26.9).
Sheldon, D., T. Hruby, P. Johnson, K. Harper, A. McMillan, T. Granger, S. Stanley, and E. Stockdale.
2005. Wetlands in Washington State - Volume 1: A Synthesis of the Science. Washington State Department
of Ecology. Publication #05-06-006. Olympia, WA. [March 2005]
Snyder, Dale E., Philip S. Gale, Russell F. Pringle. 1973. Soil Surrey of King County Area, Washington.
United States Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, in cooperation with the
Washington Agricultural Experiment Station.
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2010. Regional Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland Delineation
Manual:: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region (Version 2.0), ed. J. S. Wakeley, R. W. Lichvar,
and C. V. Noble. ERDC/EL TR-10-3. Vicksburg, MS: U.S. Army Engineer Research and
Development
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard 20
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation & Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix A Methods and Tools
Table A-1.
Methods and tools used to re are the reuort.
Parameter
Method or Tool
Website
Reference
Wetland
Delineation
USAGE 1987 Wetland
Delineation Manual
http://el erdc usace army.mil/elpit
Environmental Laboratory. 1987. Corps of Engineers
Wetlands Delineation Manual. Technical Report Y-87-1, US
Army Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg,
Mississippi.
bs/pdf/wlman87.pdf
Regional Supplement to
the Core of Engineers
Wetland Delineation
Manual: Western
Mountains, Valleys, and
Coast Region (Version
2.0)
hrtp://www.usace.armv.mil/CEC
\V/Documents/cecwo/reg/west_
mt_finalsupp.pdf
U.S. Army Corps of Engineers. 2010. Regional
Supplement to the Corps of Engineers Wetland .Delineation
Manual: Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
(Version 2.0), ed. J. S. \Wakeley, R. W. Lichvar, and C. V.
Noble. ERDC/EL TR-10-3. Vicksburg, MS: U.S. Army
Engineer Research and Development Center.
Wetland
Classification
USFWS / Cowardin
Classification System
hrrp://www.fws.£ov/nwi/Pubs R
Cowardin, L. M., V. Carter, F. C. Golet, E. T. LaRoe. 1979.
Classification of wetlands and deepwater habitats of the
United States. Government Printing Office, Washington,
D.C.
eports/Class Manual/class titlepg
htm
Hydrogeomorphic
Classification (HG\)
System
http://el.erdc.usace.army.mil/wetla
Brinson, M. M. (1993). "A hydrogeomorphic classification
for wetlands," Technical Report WRP-DE-4, U.S. Army
Engineer Waterways Experiment Station, Vicksburg, MS.
nds/pdfs/wrpde4.pdf
Wetland Rating
Washington State
Wetland Rating System
https://fortress.wa.gov/ecy/public
Hruby, T. (2004). Washing/on Slate Welland Rating.Syrlesu for
Western IY/arbing/art 2004. (Publication #04-06-025).
Olympia, WA: Washington Department of Ecology.
ations/documents/1406029.pdf
Tukwila Municipal
Code
http://records.rukwilawa.gov/\Web
2004 Western Washington Wetland Rating System in use
per Tukwila Municipal Code Title 18.45.080.
I.ink8/1 /doc/56618/Electronic.as
1I
Wetland indicator
Status
2014 National Wetland
Plant List
h//wetland planrs.usacc.army
Lichvar, R.W., M. Butterwick, N.C. Melvin, and W.N.
Kirchner. 2014. The National Wetland Plant List: 2014
Update of Wetland Ratings. Phytoneuron 2014-41: 1-42.
milL
Plant Names
USDA Plant Database
hrrp•//plants usda.gov/
Website
Soils Data
NRCS Soil Survey
bttp://websoilsurvey.nres.usda.gov
Website GIS data based upon:
Snyder, Dale E., Philip S. Gale, Russell F. Pringle. 1973.
Soil Survey of King ConrtyAra, Washing/on. United States
Department of Agriculture, Soil Conservation Service, in
cooperation with the Washington Agricultural Experiment
Station.
/app/WehSoilSurvey.asp
Hydric Soils Data
King County Hydric
Soils List
bttp://www.wa.nres.usda gov/tesb
Natural Resources Conservation Service. 2001. Hydric
Soils List: King County, Washington. U.S. Department of
Agriculture. Washington D.C.
nical/soils/hydric lists/hydsoil-wa-
653 pdf
Threatened and
Endangered
Species
Washington Natural
Heritage Program
bttp://www.dnr.wa.gov/nhp/
Washington Natural Heritage Program (Data published
10/15/08). Endangered, threatened, and sensitive plants of
Washington. Washington State Department of Natural
Resources, Washington Natural Heritage Program,
Olympia, \VA
and
bttp:/hswnvl.dnrsva.gov/nhp/mf
desk/datascareh/wnhpwetlands rid
f
Washington Priority
Habitats and Species
hrrp•//wdfw.wagov/hah/phspage
Priority Habitats and Species (PHS) Program. Map of
priority habitats and species in project vicinity. Washington
Department of Fish and Wildlife (WDF\W).
hum
NOA.t\ fisheries species
list and maps
bttp://www.nwrnoaagov/ESA-
Website
Salmon-1.istingt/Salmon-
Populations / Index.cfrn
and
brtp://www.nmfs.noaa.govipr/sp
cries/
USFWS species lists by
County
hrrp•//www.fws.eov/westwafwo/s
Website
a/SF. I.ist/endangered Species.asp
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
March 28, 2018
Parameter
Method or Tool
Website -
Reference
Species of Local
Importance
\\'DP\X' GIS Data
Jtttp://wdfw.wa.gov/mapping/sal
Website
Jnonscape/
Report
Preparation
Tukwila Municipal
Code
J,ttp://www.mrsc.org/codes.aspx
Tukwila i\-lunicipal Code Title 18.45.
1244.0003 Strander. Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018 .
Appendix B Background Information
This Appendix includes a USFWS NWI Map (B1), Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map (B2) King County
Topographic Map (B3), NRCS Soil Survey Map (B4), WDFW SalmonScape Map (B5), WDFW PHS
Map (B6).
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix B1. USFWS NWI Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
January 11, 2017
0 0.035 0.07 014 111
King Parcels _Query Resit ■ Freshwater Forestedr'Shrub Wetland I 1 .' 1--`J
0 0 0425 0.085 0.17 krn
Wetlands ■ Freshwater Pond
Estuanne and Marne Deepwater ■ Lake
iiEstuanne and Marne Wetland ■ Other
11 U5 FlV, aard 'W11R SeMCe Naov'a Stile wed Stop= ham.
Freshwater Emergent Wetland ■ Riverne wesar�tverno ikkoov onIrS_po`we+unis.
arq oo.ia
PIcU ri Irtlnwda sI Casa MIS
1:4.514
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix B2. Tukwila Sensitive Areas Map
tin
000
Legend
Tukwila City Lwnds
• Potential Watercourse Daylghting Sites
— Type 2 Stream
— Type 2 Stream in Ppe
Type 3 Stream
— Type 3 Stream n Pipe
Type 4 Stream
— Type 4 Stream In Pipe
. Type 2 Watercourse Buffer (t 00')
Type 3 Watercourse Buffer (80')
Type 4 Watercourse Buffer (50.)
El Potential Wetlands
1111 Category 18 II Wetland
Ili Category III Wetland
• Category IV Wetland
❑ Category 18 11 Wetland Buffer (100')
❑ Category III Wetland Buffer (80
^• Category IV Wetland Buffer (50'1
Slope Classifications
2 :.�....., r..r... ..
is3:at:..._ ism'•
'
. ...r...., _....r..,
• ...r.........rm.
e
a
,r.e.t+y
scribe
rr
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
by
3 r
1
i
core.
Upbnd 8,
MNlrkr 8Wd
$ts4 e
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Sounclview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix B3. King County Topographic Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
1244.0(1(13 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix B4.
NRCS Soil Survey Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
�• /
January 11. 2017
NRCS_Shc_Sun•ev
it
y-�
<I
fi
2
1:4,514
O 0.0425 MOBS
0.17 nfl
O 0.04250.065 0.17Ian
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants 1..LC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix B5.
WDFW SalmonScape Map
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
January 1 1, 20 17
— a SalrnwnScaGe Species
1-4.514
0 0-D425 D.085 0.17nu
0 D.04250.085 0.1? Wn
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Soundview Consultants LI,C
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix B6.
WDFW PHS Map
January 10, 2017
PHS Report Clip Area
• PT
— LN
POLY
Approximate
Subject Site
Location
AS MAPPED
SECTION
QTR-TW P
TOWNSHIP
1:19,842
D 0.15 0.3
4 r I r
0 0.275 0 55 1 1 km
0.6 n
Source. Esn. OpiiGkbe, GecEye Eartfsta Crogaha. CNE5Aeba
DS. USDA icrA MoGRO IGN.amIneGISUser CcIm.11y
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report
Soundview Consultants LLC
March 28, 2018
WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF FISH AND WILDLIFE
PRIORITY HABITATS AND SPECIES REPORT
SOURCE DATASET: PHSPIusPublic
REPORT DATE: 01/10/2017 3.42
Query ID: P170110154117
Common Name
Scientific Name
Notes
Site Name
Source Dataset
Source Record
Source Date
Priority Area
Occurrence Type
More Information (URL)
Mgmt Recommendations
Accuracy
Federal Status Sensitive Data
State Status Resolution
PHS Listing Status
Source Entity
Geometry Type
Freshwater Emergent
N/A
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
http://www.ecy.wa.
NA
WA
N/A
PHS Listed
N
AS MAPPED
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWellands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
httpi/www.ecy.wa.
NA
N/A
N/A
PHS Listed
N
AS MAPPED
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
NA
N/A N
N/A AS MAPPED
http://www.ecy.wa. PHS Listed
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
NA
WA N
N/A AS MAPPED
httpl/www.ecy.wa. PHS Listed
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
Freshwater Forested/Shrub N/A
NWIWetlands
Aquatic Habitat
Aquatic habitat
NA
N/A N
N/A AS MAPPED
http://www.ecy.wa_ PHS Listed
US Fish and Wildlife Service
Polygons
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Appendix C Site Plan
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
STRANDER BOULEVARD - EXISTING CONDITIONS
Al A.9
TP4
A8
A2 A3 A4
•
A7 A6
TP5
‘.•A5
NOTE:
ALL PROPERTY BOUNDARIES,
WETLAND AND DATA PLOT
(DP) LOCATIONS ARE
APPROXIMATE ONLY.
z
03
O
TP6
0
STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
WETLAND A - CAT. IV
APPROX. 1,265 SF
50
100
GRAPHIC SCALE
1-=Ioo,
PI.I,[.1\I1
INI )R01.V11O\
\() ! I ! ?It Ct\s•'! !?
L1-EY HIc'HW AY
wES-�vA
INTERURBAN TRAIL
iPROPERTY BOUNDARY
200
S( )LLNDVIEW CONSULTANTS, LI.C. ASSUMES
NO LIABILITY OR RP.SPONSIBILIT\ FOR
CON S"I'RI't;TION, INIPROVL\IENTS, OR
EST111,\'1'I.S BASED ON THIS PLAN SET
TP 3
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
DP 2
TP 7
TUKWILA STATION ACCESS ROAD
DP 1
TP 9 TP 8
TP 10
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
)VIFWCONSI'LTANTS.COM
DATE: 04/04/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 1 OF 4
STRANDER BOULEVARD - PROPOSED MITIGATION CONCEPT PLANTING PLAN
0 10 20 40
GRAPHIC SCALE
1•=2°'
WETLAND A - CAT. IV
'APPRC (.1,265'SF
MIX OF NATIVE SHRUBS, IN
GROUPINGS OF 3 AND UP TO 11,
BUFFER SEED MIX THROUGHOUT
LIVE STAKE DETAIL (TYPICAL)
— BUFFER RESTORATION
PLANTING AREA (1,765 SF)
NOT TO SCALE
NOTES:
1. LIVE STAKES TO BE 1 TO 2 INCH DIAMETER 24 TO 32 INCHES LENGTH.
2. USE 1/2 INCH DIAMETER REBAR OR ROCK BAR TO MAKE PILOT HOLE.
3. INSTALL LIVE STAKES TAPER END DOWN WITH BUDS POINTED UP.
4. MINUMUM TWO BUDS ABOVE GRADE.
5. SET LIVE STAKES WITH DEAD -BLOW HAMMER.
6. WATER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION.
STORAGE OF LIVE STAKES
ALL WOODY PLANT CUTTINGS COLLECTED
MORE THAN 12 HR PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION, MUST BE CAREFULLY
BOUND, SECURED, AND STORED OUT OF
DIRECT SUNLIGHT AND SUBMERGED IN
CLEAN FRESH WATER FOR A PERIOD OF
UP TO TWO WEEKS.
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURES MUST BE LESS
THAN 50 DEGREES F AND TEMPERATURE
INDOORS AND IN STORAGE CONTAINERS
MUST BE BETWEEN 34 AND 50 DEGREES F.
IF THE LIVE STAKES CANNOT BE
INSTALLED DURING THE DORMANT
SEASON, CUT DURING THE DORMANT
SEASON AND HOLD IN COLD STORAGE AT
TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 33 AND 39
DEGREES F FOR UP TO 2 MONTHS.
•
TP 6
•
moon
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
PARTIAL SCREEN
OF CONIFER
TREES AROUND
PERIMETER
BUFFER SEED MIX
AGROSTIS EXARATA /
SPIKE BENTGRASS - 10%
DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA /
TUFTED HAIRGRASS - 10%
DESCHAMPSIA DANTHONIOIDES /
ANNUAL HAIRGRASS - 10%
DESCHAMPSIA ELONGATA /
SLENDER HAIRGRASS - 10%
ELYMUS GLAUCUS /
BLUE WILDRYE - 25%
HORDEUM BRACHYANTHERUM /
MEADOW BARLEY - 25%
LUPINUS POLYPHYLLUS /
STREAMSIDE LUPINE - 10%
NOTE:
ERADICATE ALL INVASIVE PLANTS
IN BUFFER RESTORATION
PLANTING AREA.
SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL (TYPICAL)
NOT TO SCALE
LOCATOR LATH (IF SPECIFIED)
SET TOP OF ROOT MASS / ROOT BALL FLUSH
WITH FINISH GRADE OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE
3 to 4 INCH LAYER OF MULCH - KEEP MULCH
MIN. 3" AWAY FROM TRUNK OF SHRUB
NOTES:
1. PLANT SHRUBS OF THE SAME SPECIES IN
GROUPS OF 3 to 9 AS APPROPRIATE, OR AS SHOWN
ON PLAN. AVOID INSTALLING PLANTS IN STRAIGHT
LINES TO ACHIEVE A NATURAL -LOOKING LAYOUT.
2. EXCAVATE PIT TO FULL DEPTH OF ROOT MASS
AND 2 X ROOT MASS DIAMETER. SPREAD ROOTS TO
FULL WIDTH OF CANOPY. SCARIFY SIDES OF PIT.
3. MIDWAY THROUGH PLANTING ADD AGROFORM
TABLET AND WATER THOROUGHLY.
4. BACKFILL TO BE COMPACTED USING WATER ONLY.
5. WATER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION.
UNDISTURBED OR
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
WETLAND BUFFER AND
STREAM ENHANCEMENT PLANTING LEGEND
TREES -16 TOTAL
CORYLUS CORNUTA / BEAKED HAZLENUT - MAX. HT. 20' - FACU
FRAXINUS LATIFOLIA / OREGON ASH - MAX. HT. 70' - FACW
MALUS FUSCA / PACIFIC CRABAPPLE - MAX. HT. 40' - FACW
PRUNUS EMARGINATA / BITTER CHERRY - MAX. HT. 30' - FACU
RHAMNUS PURTIANA / CASCARA - MAX. HT. 30' - FAC
SHRUBS - 50 TOTAL
CORNUS SERICEA / RED -TWIG DOGWOOD
HOLODISCUS DISCOLOR / OCEANSPRAY
OEMLARIA CERASIFORMIS / INDIAN PLUM
RHAUMNUS PURSHIANA / CASCARA
0
O
SALIX SCOLLERIANA / SCOULERS WILLOW
SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA / RED ELDERBERRY
( SYMPHORICARPOS ALBUS / SNOWBERRY
TREE PLANTING DETAIL (TYPICAL)
RIBES SANGUINEUM / RED FLOWERING CURRANT
ROSA NUTKANA / NOOTKA ROSE
ROSA PISOCARPA / CLUSTERED WILD ROSE
NOT TO SCALE
LOCATOR LATH (IF SPECIFIED)
SET TOP OF ROOT MASS / ROOT BALL FLUSH
WITH FINISH GRADE OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE
3 to 4 INCH LAYER OF MULCH - KEEP MULCH
MIN. 3" AWAY FROM TRUNK OF TREE
NOTES:
1. PLANT TREES AS INDICATED ON PLAN. AVOID
INSTALLING PLANTS IN STRAIGHT LINES.
2. EXCAVATE PIT TO FULL DEPTH OF ROOT MASS
AND 2 X ROOT MASS DIAMETER. SPREAD ROOTS
TO FULL WIDTH OF CANOPY. SCARIFY SIDES OF
PIT.
3. MIDWAY THROUGH PLANTING ADD AGROFORM
TABLET AND WATER THOROUGHLY.
4. BACKFILL TO BE COMPACTED USING WATER ONLY.
5. WATER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION.
UNDISTURBED OR
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
• Planning • Land Use Solutions
co ea
O C
N ▪ WI
WWW.SOUNDV1EWCONSULTANTS.COM
DATE: 04/04/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 2 OF 4
STRANDER BOULEVARD - NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS
THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS PRESENT THE PROPOSED
BUFFER REDUCTION AND TEMPORARY BUFFER IMPACT AND
RESTORATION PLAN TO ADDRESS THE PERMANENT BUFFER
MODIFICATION AND TEMPORARY IMPACTS ASSOCIATED
WITH THE PROPOSED PROJECT. THE PROPOSED BUFFER
REDUCTION AND RESTORATION ACTIONS ATTEMPT TO
CLOSELY ADHERE TO LOCAL CRITICAL AREAS
REGULATIONS SPECIFIED IN TMC 18.45.080.F. THE PROPOSED
BUFFER REDUCTION AND RESTORATION PLAN IS
DESCRIBED BELOW.
MP 7.1 PURPOSE AND NEED
THE PROPOSED PROJECT IS TO PROVIDE ROAD ACCESS
FROM WEST VALLEY HIGHWAY AS A CONTINUATION OF
STRANDER BOULEVARD ONTO THE SUBJECT PROPERTY.
TI-LE INTENT OF THE PROPOSED ROAD ENTRANCE WILL BE
TO SERVICE A FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE NORTH
OF STRANDER BOULEVARD. THE PROPOSED PROJECT IS NOT
ANTICIPATED TO RESULT IN THE LOSS OF ANY WETLAND
HABITAT; HOWEVER, A 50- FOOT WETLAND BUFFER
EXTENDS INTO THE RIGHT OF WAY SO BUFFER REDUCTION
IS BEING PROPOSED.
MP 7.2 MITIGATION SEQUENCING
THE PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO AVOID DIRECT
IMPACTS TO THE WETLAND. FURTHER, THE PROJECT WAS
DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE IMPACTS TO BUFFERS TO THE
GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. IN ORDER TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC ROW IMPROVEMENT TO ACCESS THE SITE, BUFFER
REDUCTION IS NECESSARY.
THE DEGRADED BUFFER ASSOCIATED WITH WETLAND A IS
PROPOSED TO BE REDUCED FROM 50 FEET TO 25 FEET AND
RESTORED AS ALLOWED PER TMC 18.45.080.F.2. ALL
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE AVOIDING DIRECT
WETLAND CRITICAL. AREA IMPACTS THROUGH CAREFUL
PROJECT DESIGN. THE PROPOSED PLANTING ACTIONS WILL
RESTORE THE IMPACTED AND DEGRADED WETLAND
BUFFER AND IMPROVE ECOLOGICAL FUNCTIONS AND
VALUE_ BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS
ACCORDING TO THE NEEDS OF THE WATERSHED AND
PROVIDING AN OVERALL IMPROVEMENT TO WETLAND
BUFFER FUNCTIONS. REMOVING WETLAND BUFFER
DEGRADATIONS SUCH AS NON-NATIVE, INVASIVE
VEGETATION, AND REPLACING WITH NATIVE VEGETATION
WITHIN THE BUFFER WILL RESTORE THE HABITAT
FUNCTIONS PROVIDED BY THE SITE AND IMPROVE
HYDROLOGY AND QUALITY OF WATER LEAVING THE
PROJECT SITE. A DIVERSE HERBACEOUS LAYER WILL BE
ESTABLISHED TO PROVIDE BROWSE, COVER, AND NESTING
FOR SMALL MAMMALS, WHICH IN TURN PROVIDE PREY FOR
RAPTORS AND OTHER SMALL MAMMALS.
MP 7.3 DESCRIPTION OF IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
STRATEGY
THE PROPOSED PROJECT REQUIRES MINOR INTRUSION
INTO THE NORTHERN BUFFER ASSOCIATED WITH WETLAND
A DUE TO SITE DEVELOPMENT RESTRICTIONS AND
CONSTRUCTION. IN ADDITION, TEMPORARY IMPACTS FROM
MINOR GRADING MAY OCCUR ALONG THE OUTER EDGES
OF THE WETLAND BUFFERS. ANY GRADING WITHIN OR
ADJACENT TO THE WETLAND BUFFER WILL INCORPORATE
BMPS AND TESC MEASURES TO MINIMIZE IMPACTS TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE. APPROXIMATELY 1;765
SQUARE FEET OF WETLAND BUFFER AREA ALONG THE
NORTHWESTERN PORTION OF WETLAND A WILL BE
RESTORED TO MITIGATE INDIRECT IMPACTS USING THE
SPECIES OUTLINED IN BUFFER .RESTORATION PLAN SET,
AND BARE SOIL WILL BE RESEEDED \KITH THE BUFFER SEED
MIX. NO ACTIVITIES ARE PROPOSED THAT WILL DIRECTLY
IMPACT WETLAND A.
MP 7.4 APPROACH AND BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
THE PROPOSED RESTORATION PLAN IS INTENDED TO
PROVIDE INCREASED WETLAND PROTECTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE OR IMPROVEMENT OF WETLAND BUFFER
FUNCTIONS. IMPACTS TO THE WETLAND BUFFER ARE
BEING MINIMIZED THROUGH CAREFUL PLANNING EFFORTS
AND PROJECT DESIGN. RESTORATION OF DISTURBED
AREAS WITHIN THE BUFFER SHOULD OCCUR IMMEDIATELY
AFTER GRADING IS COMPLETE. TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL (TESC) MEASURES WILL BE
IMPLEMENTED THAT CONSISTS OF HIGH -VISIBILITY
FENCING (HVF) INSTALLED AROUND NATIVE VEGETATION
ALONG THE MODIFIED PERIMETER OF THE BUFFER, SILT
FENCING BETWEEN THE GRADED AREAS AND
UNDISTURBED BUFFER, PLASTIC SHEETING ON STOCKPILED
MATERIALS, AND SEEDING OF DISTURBED SOILS. THESE
TESC MEASURES SHOULD BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE
START OF DEVELOPMENT OR RESTORATION ACTIONS AID
ACTIVELY MANAGED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT.
ALL EQUIPMENT STAGING AND MATERIALS STOCKPILES
SHOULD BE KEPT OUT OF THE BUFFER, AND THE AREA
WILL NEED TO BE KEPT FREE OF SPILLS AND/OR
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. ALL FILL MATERIAL AND ROAD
SURFACING SHOULD BE SOURCED FROM UPLAND AREAS
ONSITE OR FROM APPROVED SUPPLIERS AND WILL NEED TO
BE FREE OF POLLUTANTS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ALONG WITH ALL
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND DEBRIS SHOULD 13E
EFFECTIVELY MANAGED AND STOCKPILED ON PAVED
SURFACES AND KEPT FREE OF THE REMAINING WETLAND
BUFFER AREA. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE
RESIDENCE, THE ENTIRE SITE SHOULD BE CLEANED AND
DETAIL. GRADED USING HAND TOOLS WHEREVER
NECESSARY, AND TESC MEASURES WILL NEED TO BE
REMOVED.
MP 7.5 GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS
THE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES FOR THE PROPOSED BUFFER
RESTORATION ACTIONS ARE BASED ON PROVIDING
ADDITIONAL HABITAT AND PROTECTION FOR WETLAND A
AND PROVIDING SUPPLEMENTARY WATER QUALITY AND
HYDROLOGICAL FUNCTIONS. THE BUFFER RESTORATION
ACTIONS ARE CAPABLE OF IMPROVING HABITAT FUNCTION
FOR THE WETLAND OVER TIME BY ESTABLISHMENT OF A
DENSE VEGETATION BARRIER BETWEEN THE PROJECT AND
THE CRITICAL AREAS. THE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE
RESTORATION ACTIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
GOAL 1 - IMPROVE AND PROTECT WETLAND A BY
RESTORING APPROXIMATELY 1,765 SQUARE FEET OF THE
NORTHWESTERN PORTION OF WETLAND A'S BUFFER AREA.
OBJECTIVE 1 - ESTABLISH DENSE COVER OF NATIVE
TREES, SHRUBS, AND GRASSES AND FORBS WITHIN THE
BUFFER TO CREATE DIVERSE HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND IMPROVE
WILDLIFE HABITAT.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.1 - BY THE END
OF YEAR 5, THE WETLAND BUFFER RESTORATION
AREA WILL HAVE AT LEAST 2 SPECIES OF NATIVE
TREES, AND 3 SPECIES OF NATIVE SHRUBS;
(NATIVE VOLUNTEER SPECIES CAN BE
INCLUDED) PRESENT IN ALL AREAS OF
RESTORED BUFFER. TO BE CONSIDERED, THE
NATIVE SPECIES MUST MAKE UP AT LEAST 5
PERCENT OF THE VEGETATION CLASS.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.2 - MINIMUM
PLANT SURVIVORSHIP WILL BE AT 100 PERCENT
OF INSTALLED PLANTS AT THE END OF YEAR 1
(REPLACEMENT OF LOST PLANTS ALLOWED), 85
PERCENT AT THE FN T1 nF VP AR 9 Rfl PPRCPNT AT
THE END OF YEAR 3, AND 75 PERCENT AT THE
END OF YEAR 5. SURVIVORSHIP MEASUREMENT
WILL BE BASED UPON NET STEM DENSITY AFTER
YEAR 1. NATIVE RECRUITS MAY BE COUNTED
TOWARDS SURVIVORSHIP TOTALS.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.3 - MINIMUM
NATIVE WOODY SPECIES COVER IN THE
RESTORATION AREA WILL BE A MINIMUM 30
PERCENT TOTAL COVER AT THE END OF YEAR 3
AND 50 PERCENT AT THE END OF YEAR 5.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.4 - NON-NATIVE
INVASIVE PLANTS WILL NOT MAKE UP MORE
THAN 20 PERCENT TOTAL COVER IN ANY
GROWING SEASON DURING THE MONITORING
PERIOD FOLLOWING YEAR 1.
MP 7.6 PLANTS MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION FOR
RESTORATION ACTIONS
PLANT MATERIALS
ALL PLANT MATERIALS TO BE USED FOR RESTORATION
ACTIONS WILL BE NURSERY GROWN STOCK FROM A
REPUTABLE, LOCAL SOURCE. ONLY NATIVE SPECIES ARE TO
BE USED; NO HYBRIDS OR CULTIVARS W1LL BE ALLOWED.
PLANT MATERIAL PROVIDED WILL BE TYPICAL OF THEIR
SPECIES OR VARIETY; IF NOT CUTTINGS THEY WILL EXHIBIT
NORMAL, DENSELY -DEVELOPED BRANCHES AND
VIGOROUS, FIBROUS ROOT SYSTEMS. PLANTS WILL BE
SOUND, HEALTHY, VIGOROUS PLANTS FREE FROM DEFECTS,
AND ALL FORMS OF DISEASE AND INFESTATION.
CONTAINER STOCK SHALL HAVE BEEN GROWN IN ITS
DELIVERY CONTAINER FOR NOT LESS THAN SIX MONTHS
BUT NOT MORE THAN 'TWO YEARS. PLANTS SHALL NOT
EXHIBIT ROOTBOUND CONDITIONS. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL CONTAINER STOCK BE HANDLED
BY THEIR TRUNKS, STEMS, OR TOPS. SEED MIXTURE USED
FOR HAND OR HYDROSEEDING SHALL CONTAIN FRESH,
CLEAN, AND NEW CROP SEED MIXED BY AN APPROVED
METHOD. THE MIXTURE IS SPECIFIED IN THIS PLAN SET.
ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST UPON DELIVERY. PLANT MATERIAL
NOT CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS BELOW WILL
BE REJECTED AND REPLACED BY THE PLANTING
CONTRACTOR. REJECTED PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE
IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE SITE.
FERTILIZER WILL BE IN THE FORM OF AGROFORM PLANT
TABS OR AN APPROVED LIKE FORM. MULCH WILL CONSIST
OF STERILE WHEAT STRAW OR CLEAN RECYCLED WOOD
CHIPS APPROXIMATELY 1/2 INCH TO 1 INCH IN SIZE AND 1/2
INCH THICK. IF FREE OF INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES, THE
MULCH MATERIAL MAY BE SOURCED FROM WOODY
MATERIALS SALVAGED FROM THE LAND CLEARING
ACTIVITIES.
PLANT SCHEDULING, SPECIES, SIZE, AND SPACING
PLANT INSTALLATION SHOULD OCCUR AS CLOSE TO
CONCLUSION OF CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES AS
POSSIBLE TO LIMIT EROSION AND LIMIT THE TEMPORAL
LOSS OF FUNCTION PROVIDED BY THE WETLAND AND
BUFFER. ALL PLANTING SHOULD OCCUR BETWEEN
SEPTEMBER 1 AND MAY 1 TO ENSURE PLANTS DO NOT DRY
OUT AFTER INSTALLATION, OR TEMPORARY IRRIGATION
MEASURES MAY BE NECESSARY. ALL PLANTING WILL BE
INSTALLED ACCORDING TO THE PROCEDURES DETAILED IN
THE FOLLOWING SUBSECTIONS USING THE SPECIES AND
DENSITIES OUTLINED IN THE BUFFER RESTORATION PLAN
SET.
QUALITY CONTROL FOR PLANTING PLAN
ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST UPON DELIVERY. PLANT MATERIAL
NOT CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS ABOVE WILL
BE REJECTED AND REPLACED BY THE PLANTING
CONTRACTOR. REJECTED PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE
IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE SITE. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL CONTAINER STOCK BE HANDLED
BY THEIR TRUNKS, STEMS, OR TOPS.
THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST WITH DOCUMENTATION OF PLANT
MATERIAL THAT INCLUDES THE SUPPLYING NURSERY
CONTACT INFORMATION, PLANT SPECIES, PLANT
QUANTITIES, AND PLANT SIZES.
PRODUCT HANDLING, DELIVERY, AND STORAGE
ALL SEED AND FERTILIZER SHOULD BE DELIVERED IN
ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, AND UNDAMAGED CONTAINERS
SHOWING WEIGHT, ANALYSIS, AND NAME OF
MANUFACTURER. THIS MATERIAL SHOULD BE STORED IN A
MANNER TO PREVENT WETTING AND DETERIORATION.
ALL PRECAUTIONS CUSTOMARY IN GOOD TRADE PRACTICE
SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREPARING PLANTS FOR MOVING.
WORKMANSHIP THAT FAILS TO MEET INDUSTRY
STANDARDS WILL BE REJECTED. PLANTS W1LL BE PACKED,
TRANSPORTED, AND HANDLED WITH CARE TO ENSURE
PROTECTION AGAINST INJURY AND FROM DRYING OUT. IF
PLANTS CANNOT BE PLANTED IMMEDIATELY UPON
DELIVERY THEY SHOULD BE PROTECTED WITH SOIL, WET
PEAT MOSS, OR IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST. PLANTS, FERTILIZER, AND MULCH
NOT INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY SHALL BE
SECURED ON THE SITE TO PREVENT THEFT OR TAMPERING.
NO PLANT SHALL BE BOUND WITH ROPE OR \V1RE IN A
MANNER THAT COULD DAMAGE OR BREAK THE BRANCHES.
PLANTS TRANSPORTED ON OPEN VEHICLES SHOULD BE
SECURED WITH A PROTECTIVE COVERING TO PREVENT
WINDBURN.
PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF PLANT
MATERIALS
THE PLANTING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE
LOCATION OF ALL ELEMENTS OF THE MITIGATION PLAN
WITH THE WETLAND SCIENTIST PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
THE RESPONSIBLE WETLAND SCIENTIST RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO ADJUST THE LOCATIONS OF LANDSCAPE
ELEMENTS DURING THE INSTALLATION PERIOD AS
APPROPRIATE. IF OBSTRUCTIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED THAT
ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, PLANTING
OPERATIONS WILL CEASE UNTIL ALTERNATE PLANT
LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN SELECTED BY AND/OR APPROVED
BY THE WETLAND SCIENTIST.
CIRCULAR PLANT PITS WITH VERTICAL SIDES WILL BE
EXCAVATED FOR ALL CONTAINER STOCK. THE PITS
SHOULD BE AT LEAST 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER, AND THE
DEPTH OF THE PIT SHOULD ACCOMMODATE THE ENTIRE
ROOT SYSTEM. THE BOTTOM OF EACH PIT WILL BE
SCARIFIED TO A DEPTH OF 4 1NCHES.
BROKEN ROOTS SHOULD BE PRUNED WITH A SHARP
INSTRUMENT AND ROOTBAL.LS SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY
SOAKED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SET PLANT MATERIAL
UPRIGHT IN THE PLANTING PIT TO PROPER GRADE AND
ALIGNMENT. WATER PLANTS THOROUGHLY MIDWAY
THROUGH BACKFILLING AND ADD AGROFORM TABLETS.
WATER PITS AGAIN UPON COMPLETION OF BACKFILLING.
NO FILLING SHOULD OCCUR AROUND TRUNKS OR STEMS.
DO NOT USE FROZEN OR MUDDY MIXTURES FOR
BACKFILL1NG. FORM A RING OF SOIL AROUND THE EDGE
OF EACH PLANTING PIT TO RETAIN WATER AND INSTALL A
4- TO 6-INCH LAYER OF MULCH AROUND THE BASE OF EACH
CONTAINER PLANT.
WWW.SOUNDV IE WCONSULTANTS.COM
DATE:04/04/2018
JoB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 3 OF 4
STRANDER BOULEVARD — NOTES AND SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)
TEMPORARY IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
\WHILE. THE NATIVE SPECIES SELECTED FOR MITIGATION
ARE HARDY AND TYPICALLY THRIVE IN NORTHWEST
CONDITIONS AND THE PROPOSED ACTIONS ARE PLANNED
IN AREAS \VITH SUFFICIENT HYDROPERIODS FOR THE
SPECIES SELECTED, SOME INDIVIDUAL PLANTS MIGHT
PERISH DUE TO DRY CONDITIONS. THEREFORE,
IRRIGATION OR REGULAR WATERING MAY BE PROVIDED AS
NECESSARY FOR THE DURATION OF THE FIRST 2 GROWING
SEASONS WHILE THE NATIVE PLANTINGS BECOME
ESTABLISH ED.
MP 7.7 MAINTENANCE & MONITORING PLAN
MAINTENANCE AND MONITORING PLANS ARE DESCRIBED
BELOW IN ACCORDANCE WITH TMC 18.45.090. THE
APPLICANT IS COMMITTED TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE
RESTORATION PLAN AND OVERALL SUCCESS OF THE
PROJECT. AS SUCH, THE APPLICANT WILL CONTINUE TO
MAINTAIN THE PROJECT, KEEPING THE SITE FREE FROM OF
NON-NATIVE INVASIVE VEGETATION, TRASH, AND WASTE.
THE WETLAND BUFFER RESTORATION PLAN WILL REQUIRE
CONTINUED MONITORING AND MAINTENANCE TO ENSURE
THE ACTIONS ARE SUCCESSFUL. THEREFORE, THE PROJECT
SITE WILL BE MONITORED FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS
WITH FORMAL INSPECTIONS BY A QUALIFIED WETLAND
SCIENTIST. MONITORING EVENTS WILL BE SCHEDULED AT
THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION, 30 DAYS AFTER PLANTING,
EARLY IN THE GROWING SEASON AND THE END OF THE
GROWING SEASON FOR YEAR 1, TWICE DURING YEAR 2, AND
ANNUALLY IN YEARS 3 AND 5. CLOSEOUT ASSESSMENT WILL
ALSO BE CONDUCTED IN YEAR 5 TO ENSURE THE
ADEQUATE RESTORATION AREA WAS ESTABLISHED.
MONITORING WILL CONSIST OF PERCENT COVER
MEASUREMENTS AT PERMANENT MONITORING STATIONS,
WALK-THROUGH SURVEYS TO IDENTIFY INVASIVE SPECIES
PRESENCE AND DEAD OR DYING RESTORATION PLANTINGS,
PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT FIXED PHOTO POINTS, WILDLIFE
OBSERVATIONS, AND GENERAL QUALITATIVE HABITAT AND
WETLAND FUNCTION OBSERVATIONS.
TO DETERMINE PERCENT COVER, OBSERVED VEGETATION
WILL BE IDENTIFIED AND RECORDED BY SPECIES AND AN
ESTIMATE OF AREAL COVER OF DOMINANT SPECIES \WITHIN
EACH SAMPLING PLOTS. CIRCULAR SAMPLE PLOTS,
APPROXIMATELY 30 FEET IN DIAMETER (706 SQUARE FEET),
ARE CENTERED AT EACH MONITORING STATION. THE
SAMPLE PLOTS ENCOMPASS THE SPECIFIED WETLAND
AREAS AND TERMINATE AT THE OBSERVED WETLAND
BOUNDARY. TREES AND SHRUBS WITHIN EACH 30-FOOT
DIAMETER MONITORING PLOT ARE THEN RECORDED TO
SPECIES AND AREAL COVER. HERBACEOUS VEGETATION IS
SAMPLED FROM A 10-FOOT DIAMETER (78.5 SQUARE FEET)
\WITHIN EACH MONITORING PLOT, ESTABLISHED AT THE
SAME LOCATION AS THE CENTER OF .EACH TREE AND
SHRUB SAMPLE PLOT. HERBACEOUS VEGETATION WITHIN
EACH MONITORING PLOT IS THEN RECORDED TO SPECIES
AND INCLUDES AN ESTIMATE OF PERCENT AREAL_ COVER. A
LIST OF OBSERVED TREE, SHRUB, AND HERBACEOUS
SPECIES INCLUDING PERCENT AREAL COVER OF EACH
SPECIES AND WETLAND STATUS IS INCLUDED WITHIN THE
MONITORING REPORT.
MP 7.8 REPORTING
FOLLOWING EACH MONITORING EVENT, A BRIEF
MONITORING REPORT DETAILING THE CURRENT
ECOLOGICAL STATUS OF THE RESTORATION ACTIONS,
MEASUREMENT OF PERFORMANCE STANDARDS, AND
MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS WILL BE PREPARED
AND SUBMITTED TO THE CITY WITHIN 90 DAYS OF EACH
MONITORING EVENT TO ENSURE FULL COMPLIANCE WITH
THE RESTORATION PLAN.
MP 7.9 CONTINGENCY PLAN
IF MONITORING RESULTS INDICATE THAT PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS ARE NOT BEING MET, IT MAY BE NECESSARY
TO IMPLEMENT ALL OR PART OF THE CONTINGENCY PLAN.
CAREFUL ATTENTION TO MAINTENANCE IS ESSENTIAL IN
ENSURING THAT PROBLEMS DO NOT ARISE. SHOULD ANY
PORTION OF THE SITE FAIL TO MEET THE SUCCESS
CRITERIA, A CONTINGENCY PLAN WILL BE DEVELOPED
AND IMPLEMENTED WITH CITY APPROVAL. SUCH PLANS
ARE ADAPTIVE AND SHOULD BE PREPARED ON A
CASE -BY -CASE BASIS TO REFLECT THE FAILED
RESTORATION CHARACTERISTICS. CONTINGENCY PLANS
CAN INCLUDE ADDITIONAL PLANT INSTALLATION,
EROSION CONTROL, AND PLANT SUBSTITUTIONS
INCLUDING TYPE, SIZE, AND LOCATION. THE
CONTINGENCY MEASURES OUTLINED BELOW CAN ALSO BE
UTILIZED IN PERPETUITY TO MAINTAIN THE WETLAND
AND BUFFERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPOSED PROJECT
SITE.
CONTINGENCY/MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES MAY INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIi\IITED TO:
• REPLACING PLANTS LOST TO VANDALISM, DROUGHT,
OR DISEASE, AS NECESSARY;
• REPLACING ANY PLANT SPECIES WITH A 20 PERCENT OR
GREATER MORTALITY RATE AFTER TWO GROWING
SEASONS WITH THE SAME SPECIES OR NATIVE SPECIES
OF SIMILAR FORM AND FUNCTION;
• IRRIGATING THE RESTORATION AREAS ONLY AS
NECESSARY DURING DRY WEATHER 1F PLANTS APPEAR
TO BE TOO DRY, WITH A MINIMAL QUANTITY OF
WATER;
• RESEEDING AND/OR REPAIR OF WETLAND AND BUFFER
AREAS AS NECESSARY IF EROSION OR SEDIMENTATION
OCCURS;
• SPOT TREAT NON-NATIVE INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES;
AND
REMOVING ALL TRASH OR UNDESIRABLE DEBRIS FROM THE
WETLAND AND BUFFER AREAS AS NECESSARY.
a
oo
as
V, 71
ri
Environmental Assessment • Planning • Land Use Solutions
0
U
H
z
0
5
0
0
rx
z
H
c/D
DATE: 04/04/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 4 OF 4
Appendix D Data Sheets
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/3/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP1
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Lat: 47.458827 Long: 122.241485 Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation , Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ■ No e
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ■ No 0
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Precipitation 300% of the normal. Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Populus balsamifera 95 Y FAC
2.
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Acer macrohvllum
2. Ilex aauifolium
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Cover Species? Status
95 = Total Cover
Y FACU
5 Y FACU
35 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 20 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 3 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 33 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply bv:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species 115 x 3 = 345
FACU species 35 x 4 = 140
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: 150 (A) 485 (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.23
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 5.3.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ❑ No
Remarks: Prevalence greater than 3
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP1
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-12 10YR 3/2 100 - - - - SiLo (Silt Loam: lowest point in the area
14-22 10YR4/2 65 10YR 4/6 35 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (A1) • Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2) ■ Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3) IN Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4) • Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11) ■ Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2) • Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1) • Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4) • Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Does not meet Al2 thick dark surface requirements as the layer above the depleted ayer does not have a value of 2.5 or less nor a
chroma of 1 or less.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(810)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
■ Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA • Water -Stained
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (813) • Dry -Season Water
IN Sediment Deposits (B2) IN Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
■ Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ■ FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) 0 Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes ■ No 0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
US Army Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
i
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/3/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP2
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Lat: 47.458637 Long: 122.24322 Datum:
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ■ No 0
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ■ No 0within
Is the Sampled Area
a Wetland? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ) % Cover Species? Status
1
2.
3.
4.
= Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Svmphoricarpos albus 5 Y FACU
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
5 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 95 Y FAC
2.
Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
95 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 1 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 2 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 50 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species 95 x 3 = 285
FACU species 5 x 4 = 20
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: 100 (A) 305 (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.05
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ❑ No
Remarks: Prevalence test greater than 3
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP2
1
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvoe' Loc2
0-2 10YR 4/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam upland
2-6 2.5Y4/2 65
10YR 4/6 35 C M SiLo Silt Loam
6-24 2.5Y5/3 99
2.5Y5/6 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
■ Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
■ Histic Epipedon (A2)
■ Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Remarks: Hydric soil indicator F3 observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (A1) • Water -Stained Leaves (89) (except
MLRA ■ Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
• High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Pattems
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
■ Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ■ Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) ■ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
■ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) ■ Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
■ Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No ►i
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No primary nor secondary indicators of wetland hydrology observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
City/County: Tukwila. King Sampling Date:11/3/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP3
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Lat: 47.458637 Long: 122.24322 Datum:
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes 0 No 0 (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No 0
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ►5 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No r
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No 0
Remarks: Precipitation 300% of normal
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft) % Cover Species? Status
1.
2.
3.
4.
= Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Comus alba 95 FACW
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
= Total Cover
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 15 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 2 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (NB)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply bv:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes® No❑
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP3
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvpe' Loc2
0-4 10YR 3/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam
4-18 2.5Y4/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam
18-24 10YR 4/1 99
10YR 4/3 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils':
■ Histosol (A1)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
■ Histic Epipedon (A2)
■ Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
IN Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
'Indicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
■ Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
In Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No •
Remarks: Does not meet Al2 thick dark surface requirements as the layer above the depleted layer does not have a value of 2.5 or less.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (Al) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
• High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
■ Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) ■ Drainage Patterns
■ Water Marks (B1) ■ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) ■ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes ■ No 0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology or indicators of hydrology observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila, King
Applicant/Owner: Puget Westem
Investigator(s): Alex Callender and E. Swaim
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Sampling Date:11/9/16
State: WA Sampling Point: DP4
Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Lat: 47.458637 Long: 122.24322
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed?
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic?
Slope (%): 0
Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
No ❑ (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are "Normal Circumstances" present?
Yes lE
(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
No ❑
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ■
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes 0 No ■
Remarks: All three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Salix sitchensis
2. Salix lucida
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Phalaris arundinacea
2. Galium aparine
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1.
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cover Species? Status
50 Y FACW
50
Y FACW
100 = Total Cover
25
FAC
25 = Total Cover
15 Y FACW
1 N FACU
16
= Total Cover
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply bv:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.01
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ® No ❑
Remarks: Hydrophytic vegetation criteria observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP4
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-8 10YR 4/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam
8-16 10YR 4/1 95
10YR 3/4 5 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
IN Histosol (A1)
• Sandy Redox (S5) ■ 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
❑ Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
0 Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
❑ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
0 Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Remarks: Hydric soil indicator F3 observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
0 Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA ■ Water -Stained
0 High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
4A, and 4B)
0 Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
❑ Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) • Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
■ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) ■ Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes 0 No ■ Depth (inches): +0.25
Water Table Present? Yes 0 No • Depth (inches): 1
Saturation Present? Yes 0 No ■ Depth (inches): 0.5
Yes 0 No IN
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: Primary hydrologic indicator Al-A3 observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
1
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave Slope (%):
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
State: WA Sampling Point: 0P5
Lat: 47.45694 Long: 122.24861
Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes 0 No ■
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ■
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes 0 No ■
Remarks: All three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Tree Stratum (Plot size: ,30 ft)
1. Salix sitchensis 50 Y FACW
2.
3.
4.
% Cover Species? Status,
= Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Spiraea douglasii 15 Y FACW
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Galium aparine
2. Convolvulus arvensis
3. Phalaris arundanacea
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
15 = Total Cover
5 Y FACU
5 Y UPL
5 Y FACW
15 = Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 10 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
10 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 5 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 60 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
• Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes® No El
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP5
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) %
Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-10 10YR 3/2 99
10YR 3/3 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
10-16 5Y4/1 95
10YR 3/6 5 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.)
Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
0 2 cm Muck (A10)
■ Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5)
■ Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
0 Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
■ Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes e No ■
Remarks: F3 Obvserved
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
0 Surface Water (Al) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
0 Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) IN Drainage Patterns
❑ Water Marks (B1) ■ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ►4 Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) ■ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) 0 FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) ■ Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) ■ Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes 0 No • Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes e No In Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes e No ■ Depth (inches):
Yes No ■
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: secondary indicators observed
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila. Kina Sampling Date:11/9/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
State: WA
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Lat: 47.45694
Long: 122.2426
Sampling Point: DP6
Slope (%): 0
Datum: WGS 84
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes 0 No ■
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: .30 ft)
Absolute
% Cover
Dominant Indicator
Species? St us
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
1.
2
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
3.
4.
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B)
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
= Total Cover
1.
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply bv:
2.
3.
OBL species x 1 =
4.
FACW species x 2 =
5.
FAC species x 3 =
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
= Total Cover
Y FACW
FACU species x 4 =
40
UPL species x 5 =
1. Phalaris arundancea
Column Totals: (A) (B)
2. Convolvulus arvensis
5
Y UPL
Prevalence Index = B/A =
3. Urtica dioica
5
Y FAC
4.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
5.
• Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
6.
0 Dominance Test is >50%
7.
■ Prevalence Index is <_3.0'
8.
■ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
• Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
9
10.
• Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
11.
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
= Total Cover
Y FAC
40
1. Rubus armeniacus
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum 50
40
= Total Cover
Present? Yes 0 No ■
Remarks: Hydrophytic vegetation met via dominance test.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP6
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-16 10YR 4/2 100
- - - - GSiLo Gravelly Silt Loam
16-18 10YR4/2 98
7.5YR 3/4 2 C PL SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
■ Histosol (A1)
■ Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
■ Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) ■ Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
■ Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
■ Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
IN Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
■ Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No 0
Remarks: No hydric soils indicators observed. Does not meet hydric soil indicator Al2, as the layer above the depleted layer does not have a low
enough value or chroma to meet criteria as a 'Thick Dark Surface'.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(810)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
■ Surface Water (A1) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except MLRA • Water -Stained
❑ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B) 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (813)
• Dry -Season Water
0 Saturation Visible
• Sediment Deposits (B2) 0 Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1)
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) 0 Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) FAC-Neutral Test
■ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) ■ Raised Ant Mounds
■ Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes 0 No ■
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: Secondary indicators of hydrology D2 and D5 observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
US Army Corps of Engineers Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
State: WA
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
Lat: 47.458682
Long: 122.242422
Sampling Point: DP7
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes r No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ■ No @
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes ■ No @
Remarks: Only vegetation criteria met. •
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: .30 ft)
Absolute Dominant Indicator
% Cover, Species? Status
1. Populus balsamifera 95 Y FAC
2.
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Convolvulus arvensis
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
95 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
2 Y FAC
2 = Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. rubus armeniacus 5 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 3 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ® No ❑
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP7
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-14 2.5Y 3/1 100
- - - - SiLo Silt Loam
14-16 2.5Y3/1 99
10YR 3/6 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (A1)
• Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
■ Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
■ Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
• Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
■ Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
■ Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No 0
Remarks: No hydric soil indicators observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
■ Surface Water (Al) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (89) (except
MLRA • Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
• High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
■ Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) ■ Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living
Roots (C3) 0 Geomorphic Position
0 Shallow Aquitard
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4)
• Iron Deposits (B5) ■ Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
■ Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No ►l
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No primary hydrologic indicators observed. Only one secodary indicator of hydrology observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: 1244.0003 Strander Blvd City/County: Tulwila, King Sampling Date:11/9/2016
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
State: WA Sampling Point: DP8
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hilislope, terrace, etc.): Swale valev floor Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2 Lat: 47.459265 Long: 122.242288
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg Silt Loam
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation , Soil , or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes 0 No •
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No ►�
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No 0
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Record rainfall for the region but no wetland hydrology observed Not all three wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Populus balsimifera
2.
3.
4.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Cover Species? Status
75 Y FAC
75 = Total Cover
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Comus alba 50 Y FACW
2.
3.
4.
5.
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Hedrea helix
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
50 = Total Cover
20 Y FACU
20 = Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 5 Y FAC
2.
Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
5 = Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 3 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 75 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
Cl Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
Z Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ® No ❑
Remarks: Hydrophytic vegetation criteria observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Westem Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP8
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Tvpe' Loc2
0-4 10YR 3/1 100
- - - - SiILo Silt loam
4-18 10YR4/2 50
7.5YR4/6 50 C M SiLo Silt loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
■ Histosol (A1)
• Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
■ Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
■ Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
■ Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
0 Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes • No TO
Remarks: Low spot in the landscape. Redoximorphic features have sharp boundaries and may be relict. Percentage of matrix may be too low and
does not constitute 60% or more.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (A1) ■ Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA ■ Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
• Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) ■ Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) ■ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ■ Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
■ Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) ■ FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No 0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology observed or hydroologic indicators found.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
US Army Corps of Engineers Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
Project/Site: Puget Western Strander Blvd 1244.0003 City/County: Tukwila, King Sampling Date:11/3/16
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
State: WA Sampling Point: DP9
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim Section, Township, Range: 25/23/4E
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Depression Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg
Lat: 47.458682
Long: 122.242422
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑ No ® (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed? Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes ® No ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic? (If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes No ■
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No 0
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes ■ No 0
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes • No 0
Remarks: Only vegetation criteria met.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size:.30 ft)
1. Populus balsamifera
Absolute Dominant Indicator
Cover Species? Status
90 Y FAC
2. &cer macrophyllum 5 N FACU
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1
2.
3.
4.
5.
95 = Total Cover
= Total Cover
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Ranunculus repens 1 Y FAC
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
= Total Cover
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1. Rubus armeniacus 5 Y FAC
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 4 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 4 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 100 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species x 2 =
FAC species x 3 =
FACU species x 4 =
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: (A) (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A =
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50%
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes® No❑
Remarks: Greater than 50% FAC or wetter
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP9
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) % Color (moist) % Type' Loc2
0-16 10YR 3/2 99
10YR 3/6 1 C M SiLo Silt Loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (A1)
■ Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) ■ Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
• Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
• Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
►5 Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
■ Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
■ Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No @
Remarks: No hydric indicators observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (A1) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA ■ Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
■ Saturation (A3) • Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (B3) • Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) 0 Geomorphic Position
■ Algal Mat or Crust (B4) • Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) ■ Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (B5) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) ■ Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) ■ Other (Explain in Remarks) • Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes ■ No 0
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology or secondary indicators of hydrology observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
WETLAND DETERMINATION DATA FORM — Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast Region
1
Project/Site: 1244.0003 Strander Blvd
Applicant/Owner: Puget Western
Investigator(s): Alex Callender/Emilv Swaim
Landform (hillslope, terrace, etc.): Swale valet/ floor
City/County: Tulwila, King
Sampling Date:11/9/2016
State: WA Sampling Point: DP10
Section, Township, Range:
Local relief (concave, convex, none): concave
Subregion (LRR): A2 Lat: 47.459606
Soil Map Unit Name: Newberg Silt Loam
Are climatic / hydrologic conditions on the site typical for this time of year? Yes ❑
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology significantly disturbed?
Are Vegetation Soil or Hydrology naturally problematic?
Long: 122.24242
Slope (%):
Datum:
NWI classification:
No E (If no, explain in Remarks.)
Are "Normal Circumstances" present? Yes E
(If needed, explain any answers in Remarks.)
No ❑
SUMMARY OF FINDINGS — Attach site map showing sampling point locations, transects, important features, etc.
Hydrophytic Vegetation Present? Yes ■ No C�
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No ..1
Wetland Hydrology Present? Yes • No ►�
Is the Sampled Area
within a Wetland? Yes • No @
Remarks: Record rainfall for the region but no wetland hydrology observed No wetland criteria observed.
VEGETATION — Use scientific names of plants.
Tree Stratum (Plot size: 2,9_ft)
1
2.
3.
4.
Sapling/Shrub Stratum (Plot size: 15 ft)
1. Crataeous monoovna
2. Ilex aauilifolium
3. Sambucus racemosa
4. Cornus alba
5.
Absolute Dominant Indicator
°A) Cover Species? Status
= Total Cover
35 Y
15
15
10
Y
Y
N
FAC
FACU
FACU
FACW
75 = Total Cover
Herb Stratum (Plot size: 5 ft)
1. Hedera helix 20 Y
2. Ranunculus repens
3. Rubus armeniacus
4. Equisetum arvense
5.
6.
7.
8.
9.
10.
11.
Woody Vine Stratum (Plot size: 30 ft)
1.
2.
% Bare Ground in Herb Stratum
25 Y
1 N
FACU
FAC
FAC
1 N FAC
= Total Cover
= Total Cover
Dominance Test worksheet:
Number of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 2 (A)
Total Number of Dominant
Species Across All Strata: 5 (B)
Percent of Dominant Species
That Are OBL, FACW, or FAC: 40 (A/B)
Prevalence Index worksheet:
Total % Cover of: Multiply by:
OBL species x 1 =
FACW species 10 x 2 = 20
FAC species 62 x 3 = 186
FACU species 50 x 4 = 200
UPL species x 5 =
Column Totals: 122 (A) 406 (B)
Prevalence Index = B/A = 3.3
Hydrophytic Vegetation Indicators:
❑ Rapid Test for Hydrophytic Vegetation
❑ Dominance Test is >50°A°
❑ Prevalence Index is 53.0'
❑ Morphological Adaptations' (Provide supporting
data in Remarks or on a separate sheet)
❑ Wetland Non -Vascular Plants'
❑ Problematic Hydrophytic Vegetation' (Explain)
'Indicators of hydric soil and wetland hydrology must
be present, unless disturbed or problematic.
Hydrophytic
Vegetation
Present?
Yes ❑ No E
Remarks: Does not meet prevalence index criteria.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
i
SOIL
Sampling Point: DP10
Profile Description: (Describe to the depth needed to document the indicator or confirm
Depth Matrix Redox Features
the absence of indicators.)
Texture Remarks
(inches) Color (moist) %
Color (moist) % Tyne' Loc2
0-12 10YR 4/1 100
- - - - SiILo Silt loam
12-18 10YR 5/2 100
- - - - SiLo Silt loam
'Type: C=Concentration, D=Depletion, RM=Reduced Matrix, CS=Covered or Coated Sand Grains. 2Location: PL=Pore Lining, M=Matrix.
Hydric Soil Indicators: (Applicable to all LRRs, unless otherwise noted.) Indicators for Problematic Hydric Soils3:
• Histosol (Al)
• Sandy Redox (S5) • 2 cm Muck (A10)
• Histic Epipedon (A2)
• Stripped Matrix (S6) • Red Parent Material (TF2)
• Black Histic (A3)
■ Loamy Mucky Mineral (F1) (except MLRA 1) • Very Shallow Dark Surface (TF12)
• Hydrogen Sulfide (A4)
• Loamy Gleyed Matrix (F2) • Other (Explain in Remarks)
■ Depleted Below Dark Surface (A11)
• Depleted Matrix (F3)
3lndicators of hydrophytic vegetation and
wetland hydrology must be present,
unless disturbed or problematic.
• Thick Dark Surface (Al2)
■ Redox Dark Surface (F6)
• Sandy Mucky Mineral (S1)
• Depleted Dark Surface (F7)
• Sandy Gleyed Matrix (S4)
• Redox Depressions (F8)
Restrictive Layer (if present):
Type:_
Depth (inches):
Hydric Soil Present? Yes ■ No ►i
Remarks: No hydric soil indicators observed.
HYDROLOGY
Wetland Hydrology Indicators:
Primary Indicators (minimum of one required: check all that apply) Secondary Indicators (2 or more required)
Leaves (B9) (MLRA 1, 2,
(B10)
Table (C2)
on Aerial Imagery (C9)
(D2)
(D3)
(D5)
(D6) (LRR A)
(D7)
• Surface Water (Al) • Water -Stained Leaves (B9) (except
MLRA ■ Water -Stained
4A, and 4B)
■ High Water Table (A2) 1, 2, 4A, and 4B)
■ Saturation (A3) ■ Salt Crust (B11) • Drainage Patterns
• Water Marks (B1) • Aquatic Invertebrates (B13) • Dry -Season Water
• Sediment Deposits (B2) • Hydrogen Sulfide Odor (C1) • Saturation Visible
• Drift Deposits (83) ❑ Oxidized Rhizospheres along Living Roots (C3) ■ Geomorphic Position
• Algal Mat or Crust (B4) ■ Presence of Reduced Iron (C4) • Shallow Aquitard
• Iron Deposits (85) • Recent Iron Reduction in Tilled Soils (C6) • FAC-Neutral Test
• Surface Soil Cracks (B6) • Stunted or Stressed Plants (D1) (LRR A) • Raised Ant Mounds
• Inundation Visible on Aerial Imagery (B7) • Other (Explain in Remarks) ■ Frost -Heave Hummocks
• Sparsely Vegetated Concave Surface (B8)
Field Observations:
Wetland Hydrology Present?
Surface Water Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Water Table Present? Yes • No 0 Depth (inches):
Saturation Present? Yes ■ No 0 Depth (inches):
Yes • No ►I
(includes capillary fringe)
Describe Recorded Data (stream gauge, monitoring well, aerial photos, previous inspections), if available:
Remarks: No hydrology observed nor primary or secondary hydroologic indicators observed.
US Army Corps of Engineers
Western Mountains, Valleys, and Coast — Version 2.0
Appendix E Wetland Rating Forms
1244.0003 Strander Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
Wetland name or number A
WETLAND RATING FORM — WESTERN WASHINGTON
Version 2 — Updated July 2006 to increase accuracy and reproducibility among users
Updated Oct. 2008 with the new WDFW definitions for priority habitats
Name of wetland (if known): A Date of site visit: 1 1 /09/2016
Rated by: A. Callender and E. Swaim Trained by Ecology? Yes X
SEC: 24
No Date of training: 03/31/2016
TWNSHP: 23N RNGE: 04E Is S/T/R in Appendix D? Yes No X
Map of wetland unit: Figure APDXC
Estimated size 9,970
SUMMARY OF RATING
Category based on FUNCTIONS provided by wetland: I , 11 III IV X
Category I = Score > 70
Category II = Score 51 - 69
Category 11I = Score 30 — 50
Category IV = Score < 30
Score for Water Quality Functions
Score for Hydrologic Functions
Score for Habitat Functions
TOTAL Score for Functions
Category based on SPECIAL CHARACTERISTCS of Wetland I
II
Final Category (choose the "highest" category from above")
Summary of basic information about the wetland unit.
Wetland Unit has Special
Characteristics
Estuarine
Natural Heritage Wetland
Bog
Mature Forest
Old Growth Forest
Coastal Lagoon
Interdunal
None of the above
X
14
4
6
26
Does not apply
Wetland HGM Class
used for Rating
Depressional
X
Riverine
Lake -fringe
Slope
Flats
Freshwater Tidal
Check if unit has multiple
HGM classes present
i
IV
Does the wetland being rated meet any of the criteria below? If you answer YES to any of the questions below you will
need to protect the wetland according to the regulations regarding the special characteristics found in the wetland.
Check List for Wetlands that Need Additional Protection
(in addition to the protection recommended for its category)
YES
NO
SP 1.
Has the wetland unit been documented as a habitat for any Federally listed Threatened or
Endangered animal or plant species (T/E species)?
For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the wetland is on the appropriate
state or federal database.
X
SP2.
Has the wetland unit been documented as habitat for any State listed Threatened or
Endangered animal species? For the purposes of this rating system, "documented" means the
wetland is on the appropriate state database. Note: Wetlands with State listed plant species
are categorized as Category 1 Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 19 of data form).
X
SP3.
Does the wetland unit contain individuals of Priority species listed by the WDFW for the state?
X
SP4.
Does the wetland unit have a local significance in addition to its functions? For example, the
wetland has been identified in the Shoreline Master Program, the Critical Areas Ordinance, or
in a local management plan as having special significance.
X
To complete the next part of the data sheet you will need to determine the Hydrogeomorphic Class of the wetland being rated.
The hydrogeomorphic classification groups wetlands in to those that function in similar ways. This simplifies the questions needed to answer how well the wetland
fimctions. The Hydrogeomorphic Class ofa wetland can be determined using the key below. See p. 24 for more detailed instructions on classifying wetlands.
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 1 of 12
Wetland name or number A
Classification of Vegetated Wetlands for Western Washington
If the hydrologic criteria listed in each question do not apply to the entire unit being rated, you probably have a unit with
multiple HGM classes. In this case, identify which hydrologic criteria in questions 1-7 apply, and go to Question 8.
1. Are the water levels in the entire unit usually controlled by tides (i.e. except during floods)?
NO — go to 2 YES — the wetland class is Tidal Fringe
If yes, is the salinity of the water during periods of annual low flow below 0.5 ppt (parts per thousand)?
YES — Freshwater Tidal Fringe NO — Saltwater Tidal Fringe (Estuarine)
If your wetland can be classified as a Freshwater Tidal Fringe use the forms. for Riverine wetlands. If it is a Saltwater Tidal Fringe it
is rated as an Estuarine wetland. Wetlands that were call estuarine in the first and second editions of the rating system are called Salt
Water Tidal Fringe in the Hydrogeomorphic Classification. Estuarine wetlands were categorized separately in the earlier editions, and
this separation is being kept in this revision. To maintain consistency between editions, the term "Estuarine" wetland is kept. Please
note, however, that the characteristics that define Category I and lI estuarine wetlands have changed (see p. ).
2. The entire wetland unit is flat and precipitation is only source (>90%) of water to it. Groundwater and surface water
runoff are NOT sources of water to the unit.
NO — go to 3 YES — The wetland class is Flats
If your wetland can be classified as a "Flats" wetland, use the form for Depressional wetlands.
3. Does the entire wetland meet both of the following criteria?
The vegetated part of the wetland is on the shores of a body of permanent open water (without any
vegetation on the surface) where at least 20 acres (8ha) in size;
At least 30% of the open water area is deeper than 6.6 (2 m)?
NO — go to 4 YES — The wetland class is Lake -fringe (Lacustrine Fringe)
4. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
The wetland is on a slope (slope can be very gradual).
The water flows through the wetland in one direction (unidirectional) and usually comes from seeps. It may
flow subsurface, as sheetflow, or in a swale without distinct banks.
The water leaves the wetland without being impounded?
NOTE: Surface water does not pond in these types of wetlands except occasionally in very small and
shallow depressions or behind hummocks (depressions are usually <3 ft diameter and less than I foot deep).
NO — go to 5 YES — The wetland class is Slope
5. Does the entire wetland meet all of the following criteria?
The unit is in a valley or stream channel where it gets inundated by overbank flooding from that stream or
river.
The overbank flooding occurs at least once every two years.
NOTE: The riverine unit can contain depressions that are filled with water when the river is not flooding..
NO — go to 6 YES — The wetland class is Riverine
6. Is the entire wetland unit in a topographic depression in which water ponds, or is saturated to the surface, at some time of
the year. This means that any outlet, if present is higher than the interior of the wetland.
NO — go to 7 YES — The wetland class is Depressional
7. Is the entire wetland located in a very flat area with no obvious depression and no overbank flooding. The unit does not
pond surface water more than a few inches. The unit seems to be maintained by high groundwater in the area. The
wetland may be ditched, but has no obvious natural outlet.
No — go to 8 YES — The wetland class is Depressional
8. Your wetland unit seems to be difficult to classify and probably contains several different HGM classes. For example, seeps at the base of a
slope may grade into a riverine floodplain, or a small stream within a depressional wetland has a zone of flooding along its sides. GO
BACK AND IDENTIFY WHICH OF THE HYDROLOGIC REGIMES DESCRIBED IN QUESTIONS 1-7 APPLY TO DIFFERENT
AREAS IN THE UNIT (make a rough sketch to help you decide). Use the following table to identify the appropriate class to use for the
rating system if you have several HGM classes present within your wetland. NOTE: Use this table only if the class that is recommended in
the second column represents 10% or more of the total area of the wetland unit being rated. If the area of the class listed in column 2 is less
than 10% of the unit, classify the wetland using the class that represents more than 90% of the total area.
HGM Classes within the wetland unit being rated
HGM Class to Use in Rating
Slope + Riverine
Riverine
Slope + Depressional
Depressional
Slope + Lake -fringe
Lake -fringe
Depressional + Riverine along stream within boundary
Depressional
Depressional + Lake -fringe
Depressional
Salt Water Tidal Fringe and any other class of
freshwater wetland
Treat as ESTUARINE under wetlands with special
characteristics
If you are unable still to determine which of the above criteria apply to your wetland, or you have more than 2 HGM classes
within a wetland boundary, classify the wetland as Depressional for the rating.
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 2 of 12
Wetland name or number A
I�D�Depressional n Flat Wet laannds Roint�"s
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality. (only l score
per box)
D 1
Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
(see p.38)
D 1.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland:
• Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 3
• Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted, permanently flowing outlet points = 2
• Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) points = 1
• Unit is a "flat" depression (Q.7 on key), or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing") Provide photo or drawing
Figure
2
D 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay or organic (use NRCS definitions)
YES points = 4 NO points = 0
0
D 1.3 Characteristics of persistent vegetation (emergent, shrub, and/or forest Cowardin class):
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 95% of area points = 5
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/2 of area points = 3
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation > = 1/10 of area points = 1
• Wetland has persistent, ungrazed vegetation < 1/10 of area points = 0
Map of Cowardin vegetation classes
Figure
5
D 1.4 Characteristics of seasonal ponding or inundation: This is the area of the wetland that is ponded for at
least 2 months, but dries out sometime during the year. Do not count the area that is permanently
ponded. Estimate area as the average condition 5 out of 10 years.
• Area seasonally ponded is > 1/2 total area of wetland points = 4
• Area seasonally ponded is > 1/4 total area of wetland points = 2
• Area seasonally ponded is < 1/4 total area of wetland points = 0
Map of Hydroperiods
Figure
0
Total for D 1 Add the points in the boxes above
I __7__J
(see p. 44)
Multiplier
2
D 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the. following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coning from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
X Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
X Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
Wetland is fed by groundwater high in phosphorus or nitrogen
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from DI by D2; then add score to table on p. I' 14 '
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland unit functions to reduce flooding and stream degradation.
(see p.46)
D 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
D 3.1 Characteristics of surface water flows out of the wetland unit
• Unit is a depression with no surface water leaving it (no outlet) points = 4
• Unit has an intermittently flowing, OR highly constricted permanently flowing outlet points = 2
• Unit is a "flat" depression (Q.7 on key) or in the Flats class, with permanent surface
outflow and no obvious natural outlet and/or outlet is a man-made ditch points = 1
(If ditch is not permanently flowing treat unit as "intermittently flowing')
• Unit has an unconstricted, or slightly constricted, surface outlet (permanently flowing) points = 0
2
D 3.2 Depth of storage during wet periods. Estimate the height of ponding above the bottom of the outlet. For
units with no outlet measure from the surface of permanent water or deepest part (if dry).
• Marks of ponding are 3 ft. or more above the surface or bottom of the outlet points = 7
• The wetland is a "headwater" wetland points = 5
• Marks of ponding between 2 ft. to < 3 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet points = 5
• Marks are at least 0.5 ft. to < 2 ft. from surface or bottom of outlet points = 3
• Wetland is flat (yes to Q.2 or Q.7 on key)but has small depressions on the surface that trap water points = I
• Marks of ponding less than 0.5 ft points = 0
0
D 3.3 Contribution of wetland unit to storage in the watershed: Estimate the ratio of the area of upstream
basin contributing surface water to the wetland to the area of the wetland unit itself.
• The area of the basin is less than 10 times the area of unit points = 5
• The area of the basin is 10 to 100 times the area of the unit points = 3
• The area of the basin is more than 100 times the area of the unit points = 0
• Entire unit is in the FLATS class points = 5
0
Total for D 3 Add the points in the boxes above .
____
2 —•11
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 3 of 12
Wetland name or number A
D 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 49)
Answer YES if the unit is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water velocity,
it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive
flows. Answer NO if the water coming into the wetland is controlled by a structure such as flood gate, tide
gate, flap valve, reservoir etc. OR you estimate that more than 90% of the water in the wetland is from
groundwater in areas where damaging groundwater flooding does not occur. Note which of the following
indicators of opportunity apply.
Wetland is in a headwater of a river or stream that has flooding problems.
Wetland drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Wetland has no outlet and impounds surface runoff water that might otherwise flow into a river or
Multiplier
stream that has flooding problems
Other
2
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from D3 by D4; then add score to table on p. 1' 4 I
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Westem Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 4 of 12
Wetland name or number A
Riv'erine and reshwater Tidal Frin e e'tlands — Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality. (only l score
per box)
R 1
Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.52)
R 1.1 Area of surface depressions within the riverine wetland that can trap sediments during a flooding event:
• Depressions cover > 3/4 area of wetland points = 8
• Depressions cover > 1/2 arca of wetland points = 4
(If depressions > 1/2 of area of unit draw polygons on aerial photo or map)
• Depressions present but cover < 1/2 area of wetland. points = 2
• No depressions present points = 0
Figure
R 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the unit (areas with >90% cover at person height):
• Trees or shrubs > 2/3 area of the unit points = 8
• Trees or shrubs > 1/3 area of the wetland points = 6
• Ungrazed, herbaceous plants > 2/3 area of unit points = 6
• Ungrazed herbaceous plants > 1/3 area of unit points = 3
• Trees, shrubs, and ungrazed herbaceous < 1/3 area of unit points = 0
Aerial photo or map showing polygons of different vegetation types
Figure
r�
(see p. 53)
Multiplier
Add the points in the boxes above
R 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit may
have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
A stream or culvert discharges into wetland that drains developed areas, residential areas, farmed
fields, roads, or clear-cut logging
Residential, urban areas, golf courses are within 150 ft. of wetland
The river or stream linked to the wetland has a contributing basin where human activities have
raised levels of sediment, toxic compounds or nutrients in the river water above standards for
water quality.
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
r�
(see p.54)
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from Ri by R2; then add score to table on p. 1
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion.
R 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and erosion?
R 3.1 Characteristics of the overbank storage the wetland provides: Estimate the average width of the wetland
perpendicular to the direction of the flow and the width of the stream or river channel (distance between
banks). Calculate the ratio: (average width of unit) / (average width of stream between banks).
• if the ratio is more than 20 points = 9
• If the ratio is between 10 — 20 points = 6
• if the ratio is 5- <10 points = 4
• If the ratio is 1- <5 points = 2
• If the ratio is < 1 points = 1
Aerial photo or map showing average widths
Figure
R 3.2 Characteristics of vegetation that slow down water velocities during floods: Treat large woody debris as
`forest or shrub". Choose the points appropriate for the best description. (polygons need to have >90%
cover at person height NOT Cowardin classes):
• Forest or shrub for > 1/3 area OR herbaceous plants > 2/3 area points = 7
• Forest or shrub for > 1/10 area OR herbaceous plants > 1/3 area points = 4
• Vegetation does not meet above criteria points = 0
Aerial photo or map showing polygons of different vegetation types
Figure
Add the points in the boxes above'
____
1
R 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p.57)
Multiplier
Answer YES if the wetland is in a location in the watershed where the flood storage, or reduction in water
velocity, it provides helps protect downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or
erosive flows. Note which of the following conditions apply.
There are human structures and activities downstream (roads, buildings, bridges, farms) that can
be damaged by flooding.
There are natural resources downstream (e.g. salmon redds) that can be damaged by flooding
Other
(Answer NO if the major source of water to the wetland is controlled by a reservoir or the wetland is
tidal fringe along the sides of a dike)
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from R3 by R4; then add score to table on p. I
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 5 of 12
Wetland name or number A
I II Lake. -fringe etlands oints
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — Indicators that the wetland unit functions to improve water quality. (only I score
L 1
Does the wetland unit have the potential to improve water quality? (see p.59)
per box)
L 1.1 Average width of vegetation along the lakeshore (use polygons of Cowardin classes):
• Vegetation is more than 33 ft. (l Om) wide points = 6
• Vegetation is more than 16 ft.(5m) wide and < 33 ft points = 3
• Vegetation is more than 6 ft. (2m) wide and < 16 ft points = 1
• Vegetation is less than 6 ft. wide points = 0
Map of Cowardin classes with widths marked
Figure
_
L 1.2 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland: Choose the appropriate description that results in the highest
points, and do not include any open water in your estimate of coverage. The herbaceous plants can be either the
dominant form or as an understory in a shrub or forest community. These are not Cowardin classes. Area of Cover is
total cover in the unit, but it can be in patches. NOTE: Herbaceous does not include aquatic bed.
• Cover of herbaceous plants is > 90% of the vegetated area points = 6
• Cover of herbaceous plants is > 2/3 of the vegetated area points = 4
• Cover of herbaceous plants is > 1/3 of the vegetated area points = 3
• Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed or herbaceous covers > 2/3 of the unit points = 3
• Other vegetation that is not aquatic bed in > 1/3 vegetated area points = 1
• Aquatic bed cover and open water > 2/3 of the unit points = 0
Map with polygons of different vegetation types
•
Figure
Add the points in the boxes above
____
i_ i
L 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
(see p.61)
Multiplier
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in the lake water, or polluted surface water flowing
through the unit to the lake. Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Wetland is along the shores of a lake or reservoir that does not meet water quality standards
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Polluted water discharges to wetland along upland edge
Tilled fields or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
Residential or urban areas are within 150 ft. of wetland
Parks with grassy areas that are maintained, ballfields, golf courses (all within 150 ft. of lake shore)
Power boats with gasoline or diesel engines use the lake
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from L I by L2; then add score to table on p. 1
1
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to reduce shoreline erosion.
(see p.62)
L 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce shoreline erosion?
L 3 Average width and characteristics of vegetation along the lakeshore (do not include aquatic bed):
(choose the highest scoring description that matches conditions in the wetland)
• 3/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft. (l Om) wide points = 6
• 3/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 6 ft. (2m) wide. points = 4
• 1/4 of distance is shrubs or forest at least 33 ft. (l Om) wide. points = 4
• Vegetation is at least 6 ft. (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 2
• Vegetation is less than 6 ft. (2m) wide (any type except aquatic bed) points = 0
Aerial photo or map with Cowardin vegetation classes
Figure
Record the points in the boxes above
L 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce erosion?
(see p. 64)
Multiplier
Are there features along the shore that will be impacted if the shoreline erodes? Note which of the following
conditions apply.
There are human structures and activities along the upland edge of the wetland (buildings, fields)
that can be damaged by erosion.
There are undisturbed natural resources along the upland edge of the wetland (e.g. mature forests,
other wetlands) that can be damaged by shoreline erosion.
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from L3 by L4; then add score to table on p. 11 I
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form - Westem Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 6 of 12
Wetland name or number A
S Slo s e etlands Points
WATER QUALITY FUNCTIONS — indicators that wetland functions to improve water quality. (only 1 score
S 1
Does the wetland have the potential to improve water quality?
per box)
(see p.64)
S 1.1 Characteristics of average slope of unit:
• Slope is 1 % or less (a I% slope has a I ft. vertical drop in elevation for every 100 ft. horizontal distance) points = 3
• Slope is 1% - 2% points = 2
• Slope is 2% - 5%. points = 1
• Slope is greater than 5% points = 0
S 1.2 The soil 2 inches below the surface (or duff layer) is clay, organic (Use NRCS definitions).
YES = 3 points NO = 0 points
S 1.3 Characteristics of the vegetation in the wetland that trap sediments and pollutants: Choose the points
appropriate for the description that best fits the vegetation in the wetland. Dense vegetation means you
have trouble seeing the soil surface (y 75% cover), and uncut means not grazed or mowed and plants
are higher than 6 inches.
• Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 90% of the wetland area points = 6
• Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 1/2 of area points = 3
• Dense, woody, vegetation > 1/2 of area points = 2
• Dense, uncut, herbaceous vegetation > 1/4 of area points = 1
• Does not meet any of the criteria above for vegetation points = 0
Aerial photo or map with vegetation polygons
Figure
—
i
Total for S 1 Add the points in the boxes above
S 2
Does the wetland have the opportunity to improve water quality?
a.IIa.a
(see p. 67)
Multiplier
Answer YES if you know or believe there are pollutants in groundwater or surface water coming into
the wetland that would otherwise reduce water quality in streams, lakes or groundwater downgradient
from the wetland? Note which of the following conditions provide the sources of pollutants. A unit
may have pollutants coming from several sources, but any single source would qualify as opportunity.
Grazing in the wetland or within 150 ft
Untreated stormwater discharges to wetland
Tilled fields, logging, or orchards within 150 ft. of wetland
Residential, urban areas, or golf courses are within 150 ft. upslope of wetland
Other
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Water Quality Functions Multiply the score from SI by S2; then add score to table on p. 11 I
HYDROLOGIC FUNCTIONS — Indicators that wetland functions to reduce flooding and stream erosion.
(see p.68)
S 3
Does the wetland have the potential to reduce flooding and stream erosion?
S 3.1 Characteristics of vegetation that reduce the velocity of surface flows during storms: Choose the points
appropriate for the description that best fits conditions in the wetland (stems of plants should be thick
enough (usually > 1/8in), or dense enough to remain erect during .surface flows).
• Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation covers > 90% of the area of the wetland points = 6
• Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation> 1/2 area of wetland points = 3
• Dense, uncut, rigid vegetation > 1/4 area points = 1
• More than 1/4 of area is grazed, mowed, tilled, or vegetation is not rigid points = 0
S 3.2 Characteristics of slope wetland that holds back small amounts of flood flows.
The slope has small surface depressions that can retain water over at least 10% of its area.
YES = 2 points NO = 0 points
Add the points in the boxes above 1
J
S 4
Does the wetland have the opportunity to reduce flooding and erosion?
(see p. 70)
Multiplier
P
is the wetland in a landscape position where the reduction in water velocity it provides helps protect
downstream property and aquatic resources from flooding or excessive and/or erosive flows? Note
which of the following conditions apply.
Wetland has surface runoff that drains to a river or stream that has flooding problems
Other
(Answer NO if the major source of water is controlled by a reservoir (e.g. wetland is a seep that is on
the downstream side of a dam)
YES multiplier is 2 NO multiplier is 1
•
TOTAL — Hydrologic Functions Multiply the score from S3 by S4; then add score to table on p. 11
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 7 of 12
Wetland name or number A
ai,
,,/'r y(j 4i..= ,:NI'4t ti, ;r i1i, ._cA; 7J1.1_11:..;.' s I,,xx 4.,._
A :flail F TIONS G Indicators [� wetland functions RD provide important habitat.
'-'ia-1.11„
(k 0 core
CEO CLO)
H 1
Does the wetland have the potential to provide habitat for many species?
H 1.1
Vegetation structure (see P. 72):
— Size threshold for each class isFigure
herbaceous, moss/ground-
of Cowardin vegetation classes
3 structures points = 2
1 structure points = 0
Check the types of vegetation classes present (as defined by Cowardin)
1/4 acre or more than 10% of the area if unit is smaller than 2.5 acres.
Aquatic Bed
0
Emergent plants
Scrub/shrub (areas where shrubs have > 30% cover)
x Forested (areas where trees have > 30% cover)
If the unit has a forested class check if
The forested class has 3 out of 5 strata (canopy, sub -canopy, shrubs,
cover) that each cover 20% within the forested polygon.
Add the number of vegetation types that qualify. If you have: Map
4 structures or more points = 4
2 structures points = 1
H 1.2
Hydroperiods (see p.73):
The water regime has to
descriptions of hydroperiods).
more types present points = 3
more types present points = 2
present points = 1
present points = 0
Map of hydroperiods
Figure
Check the types of water regimes (hydroperiods) present within the wetland.
cover more than 10% of the wetland or 1/4 acre to count (see text for
Permanently flooded or inundated 4 or
0
Seasonally flooded or inundated 3 or
Occasionally flooded or inundated 2 types
X Saturated only 1 type
Permanently flowing stream or river in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Seasonally flowing stream in, or adjacent to, the wetland
Lake -fringe wetland = 2 points
Freshwater tidal wetland = 2 points
H 1.3
Richness of Plant Species (seep. 75):
ft' (different patches of the same
reed canarygrass, purple
points = 2
species points = 1
points = 0
1
Count the number of plant species in the wetland that cover at least 10
species can be combined to meet the size threshold)
You do not have to name the species. Do not include Eurasian Milfoil,
loosestrife, Canadian Thistle. If you counted: > 19 species
5 — 19
List species below if you want to: < 5 species
H 1.4
Interspersion of Habitats (see p. 76):
Decided from the diagrams below whether interspersion between Cowardin
the classes and unvegetated areas (can include open water or mudflats) is
vegetation (described in H 1.1), or
high, medium, low, or none.
Note: If you have 4 or more classes
or 3 vegetation classes and
water, the rating is
always "high".
Use map of Cowardin classes.
Figure
ED O CO
_
O
s�.
None = 0 points Low = 1 point Moderate = 2 points
...:
11.11W
[riparian braided channels]
Hieh = 3 points
H 1.5
Special Habitat Features (see p. 77):
of checks is the number of points
and 6 ft. long)
vegetation extends at least
for at least 33 ft. (10m)
or muskrat for denning
(cut shrubs or trees that have
branches are present in areas that
by amphibians)
stratum of plants
78 is an error.
1
Check the habitat features that are present in the wetland. The number
you put into the next column.
X Large, downed, woody debris within the wetland (> 4 in. diameter
Standing snags (diameter at the bottom > 4 inches) in the wetland
Undercut banks are present for at least 6.6 ft. (2m) and/or overhanging
3.3 ft. (1m) over a stream (or ditch) in, or contiguous with the unit,
Stable steep banks of fine material that might be used by beaver
(> 30 degree slope) OR signs of recent beaver activity are present
not vet turned grey/brown)
At least 1/4 acre of thin -stemmed persistent vegetation or woody
are permanently or seasonally inundated (structures for egg -laying
Invasive plants cover Tess than 25% of the wetland area in each
NOTE: The 20% stated in early printings of the manual on page
H 1 TOTAL Score — potential for providing habitat Add the points in the column above 1
2 ,
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 8 of 12
Wetland name or number A
H 2
Does the
wetland have the opportunity to provide habitat for many species?
(only t score
3enbox)
H 2.1
Buffers (see P. 80):
Figure
Choose the description that best represents condition of buffer of wetland unit. The highest scoring
criterion that applies to the wetland is to be used in the rating. See text for definition of "undisturbed".
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
1
> 95% of circumference. No structures are within the undisturbed part of buffer
(relatively undisturbed also means no grazing, no landscaping, no daily human use) points = 5
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 50% circumference points = 4
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 95% circumference points = 4
100m (330 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
> 25% circumference points = 3
50m (170 ft) of relatively undisturbed vegetated areas, rocky areas, or open water
for > 50% circumference points = 3
If buffer does not meet any of the criteria above:
No paved areas (except paved trails) or buildings within 25m (80 ft) of wetland >
95% circumference. Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK points = 2
No paved areas of buildings within 50m of wetland for > 50% circumference.
Light to moderate grazing or lawns are OK points = 2
Heavy grazing in buffer points = 1
Vegetated buffers are < 2m wide (6.6 ft) for more than 95% circumference
(e.g. tilled fields, paving, basalt bedrock extend to edge of wetland) points = 0
X Buffer does not meet any of the criteria above points = 1
Arial photo showing buffers
H 2.2
Corridors and Connections (seep. 8/)
0
H 2.2.1 Is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 150 ft. wide, has at least a 30% cover of shrubs, forest or native
undisturbed prairie, that connects to estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at
least 250 acres in size? (Dams in riparian corridors, heavily used gravel roads, paved roads,
are considered breaks in the corridor).
YES = 4 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.2
H. 2.2.2 is the wetland part of a relatively undisturbed and unbroken vegetated corridor (either riparian
or upland) that is at least 50 ft. wide, has at least 30% cover of shrubs or forest, and connects to
estuaries, other wetlands or undisturbed uplands that are at least 25 acres in size? OR a Lake -
fringe wetland, if it does not have an undisturbed corridor as in the question above?
YES = 2 points (go to H 2.3) NO = go to H 2.2.3
H. 2.2.3 Is the wetland:
• Within 5 mi (8km) of a brackish or salt water estuary OR
• Within 3 miles of a large field or pasture (> 40 acres) OR YES = 1 point
• Within 1 mile of a lake greater than 20 acres? NO = 0 points
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 9 of 12
Wetland name or number A
H 2.3 Near or adiacent to other priority habitats listed by WDFW (see p. 82): (see new and complete
descriptions of WDFW priority habitats, and the counties in which they can be found, in the PHS report
http://wdfiv.wa.gov/hablphslist.htm)
Which of the following priority habitats are within 330 ft. (100m) of the wetland unit?
NOTE: the connections do not have to be relatively undisturbed.
Aspen Stands: Pure or mixed stands of aspen greater than 0.4 ha (1 acre).
Biodiversity Areas and Corridors: Areas of habitat that are relatively important to various species of native
fish and wildlife (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 152).
Herbaceous Balds: Variable size patches of grass and forbs on shallow soils over bedrock.
Old-growth/Mature forests: (Old -growth west of Cascade crest) Stands of at least 2 tree species, forming a
multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 20 trees/ha (8 trees/acre) > 81 cm (32 in)
dbh or > 200 years of age. (Mature forests) Stands with average diameters exceeding 53 cm (21 in) dbh; crown
cover may be less that 100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is
generally less than that found in old -growth; 80 - 200 years old west of the Cascade crest.
Oregon white Oak: Woodlands Stands of pure oak or oak/conifer associations where canopy coverage of the
oak component is important (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 158).
Riparian: The area adjacent to aquatic systems with flowing water that contains elements of both aquatic and
terrestrial ecosystems which mutually influence each other.
Westside Prairies: Herbaceous, non -forested plant communities that can either take the form of a dry prairie or
a wet prairie (full descriptions in WDFW PHS report p. 161).
Instream: The combination of physical, biological, and chemical processes and conditions that interact to
provide functional life history requirements for instream fish and wildlife resources.
Nearshore: Relatively undisturbed nearshore habitats. These include Coastal Nearshore, Open Coast Nearshore,
and Puget Sound Nearshore. (full descriptions of habitats and the definition of relatively undisturbed are in
WDFW report: pp. 167-169 and glossary in Appendix A).
Caves: A naturally occurring cavity, recess, void, or system of interconnected passages under the earth in soils,
rock, ice, or other geological formations and is large enough to contain a human.
Cliffs: Greater than 7.6 m (25 ft) high and occurring below 5000 ft.
Talus: Homogenous areas of rock rubble ranging in average size 0.15 - 2.0 m (0.5 - 6.5 ft), composed of basalt,
andesite, and/or sedimentary rock, including riprap slides and mine tailings. May be associated with cliffs.
Snags and Logs: Trees are considered snags if they are dead or dying and exhibit sufficient decay characteristics
to enable cavity excavation/use by wildlife. Priority snags have a diameter at breast height of> 51 cm (20 in) in
western Washington and are > 2 m (6.5 ft) in height. Priority logs are > 30 cm (12 in) in diameter at the largest
end, and > 6 m (20 ft) long.
If wetland has 3 or more priority habitats = 4 points
If wetland has 2 priority habitats = 3 points
If wetland has 1 priority habitat = 1 point No habitats = 0 points
Note: All vegetated wetlands are by definition a priority habitat but are not included in this list. Nearby wetlands are
addressed in question H 2.4)
0
H 2.4 Wetland Landscape: Choose the one description of the landscape around the wetland that best fits (see p. 84)
• There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, and the connections between them are
relatively undisturbed (light grazing between wetlands OK, as is lake shore with some boating,
but connections should NOT be bisected by paved roads, fill, fields, or other development points = 5
• The wetland is Lake -fringe on a lake with little disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe
wetlands within 1/2 mile points = 5
• There are at least 3 other wetlands within 1/2 mile, BUT the connections between them are
disturbed. points = 3
• The wetland fringe on a lake with disturbance and there are 3 other lake -fringe wetlands
within 1/2 mile points = 3
• There is at least 1 wetland within 1/2 mile points = 2
• There are no wetlands within 1/2 mile points = 0
3
H 2 TOTAL Score — opportunity for providing habitat Add the scores from H2.1, H2.2, H2.3, H2.4 I 4
TOTAL for H 1 from page 8 ! 2
Add the points for H 1 and H 2; then record the result on p. 1 • 6
NM MO IMO J
•
Total Score for Habitat Functions
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 10 of 12
Wetland name or number A
CATEGORIZATION BASED ON SPECIAL CHARACTERISTICS
Please determine if the wetland meets the attributes described below
and circle the appropriate answers and Category.
Wetland Type — Check off any criteria that apply to the wetland. Circle the Category when the appropriate
criteria are met.
SC1
Estuarine wetlands? (see p.86)
Does the wetland unit meet the following criteria for Estuarine wetlands?
The dominant water regime is tidal,
Vegetated, and
With a salinity greater than 0.5 ppt.
YES = Go to SC 1.1 NO
SC 1.1 Is the wetland unit within a National Wildlife Refuge, National Park, National Estuary Reserve, Natural
Area Preserve, State Park or Educational, Environmental, or Scientific Reserve designated under WAC
332-30-151? YES = Category I NO = go to SC 1.2
Cat. 1
SC 1.2 Is the wetland at least 1 acre in size and meets at least two of the following conditions?
YES = Category I NO = Category II
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing, and has
Cat. I
Cat. II
Dual
Rating
I/II
less than 10% cover of non-native plant species. If the non-native Spartina spp,. are only species
that cover more than 10% of the wetland, then the wetland should be given a dual rating (I/11).
The area of Spartina would be rated a Category II while the relatively undisturbed upper marsh
with native species would be a Category 1. Do not, however, exclude the area of Spartina in
determining the size threshold of I acre.
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland
The wetland has at least 2 of the following features: tidal channels, depressions with open water,
or contiguous freshwater wetlands.
SC2
Natural Heritage Wetlands (see p. 87)
Cat I
Natural Heritage wetlands have been identified by the Washington Natural Heritage Program/DNR as
either high quality undisturbed wetlands or wetlands that support state Threatened, Endangered, or
Sensitive plant species.
SC 2.1 Is the wetland being rated in a Section/Township/Range that contains a natural heritage wetland? (This
question is used to screen out most sites before you need to contact WNHP/DNR.)
S/T/R information from Appendix D or accessed from WNHP/DNR web site
YES Contact WNHP/DNR (see p. 79) and go to SC 2.2 NO
SC 2.2 Has DNR identified the wetland as a high quality undisturbed wetland or as a site with state threatened
or endangered plant species?
YES = Category 1 NO not a Heritage Wetland
SC3
Bogs (see p. 87)
Cat. I
Does the wetland (or any part of the unit) meet both the criteria for soils and vegetation in bogs? Use
the key below to identify if the wetland is a bog. If you answer yes you will still need to rate the
wetland based on its function.
I . Does the unit have organic soil horizons (i.e. layers of organic soil), either peats or mucks, that
compose 16 inches or more of the first 32 inches of soil profile? (See Appendix B for a field key to
identify organic soils)? YES = go to question 3 NO = go to question 2
2. Does the wetland have organic soils, either peats or mucks that are less than 16 inches deep over
bedrock, or an impermeable hardpan such as clay or volcanic ash, or that are floating on a lake or
pond? YES = go to question 3 NO = is not a bog for purpose of rating
3. Does the unit have more than 70% cover of mosses at ground level, AND other plants, if present,
consist of the "bog" species listed in Table 3 as a significant component of the vegetation (more
than 30% of the total shrub and herbaceous cover consists of species in Table 3)?
YES = Is a bog for purpose of rating NO = go to question 4
NOTE: If you are uncertain about the extent of mosses in the understory you may substitute that
criterion by measuring the pH of the water that seeps into a hole dug at least 16" deep. If the pH is
less than 5.0 and the "bog" plant species in Table 3 are present, the wetland is a bog.
4. Is the unit forested (> 30% cover) with sitka spruce, subalpine fir, western red cedar, western
hemlock, lodgepole pine, quaking aspen, Englemann's spruce, or western white pine. WITH any of
the species (or combination of species) on the bog species plant list in Table 3 as a significant
component of the ground cover (> 30% coverage of the total shrub/herbaceous cover)?
YES = Category 1 NO = Is not a bog for purpose of rating
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008
Page 11 of 12
Wetland name or number A
SC4
Forested Wetlands (see p. 90)
Cat. I
Does the wetland have at least 1 acre of forest that meet one of these criteria for the Department of Fish
and Wildlife's forests as priority habitats? If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland
based on its function.
Old -growth forests: (west of Cascade Crest) Stands of at least two three species forming a
multi -layered canopy with occasional small openings; with at least 8 trees/acre (20 trees/hectare)
that are at least 200 years of age OR have a diameter at breast height (dbh) of 32 inches (81 cm or
more).
NOTE: The criterion for dbh is based on measurements for upland forests. Two -hundred year old trees
in wetlands will often have a smaller dbh because their growth rates are often slower. The DFW
criterion is and "OR" so old -growth forests do not necessarily have to have trees of this diameter.
Mature forests: (west of the Cascade Crest) Stands where the largest trees are 80 — 200 years old
OR have an average diameters (dbh) exceeding 21 inches (53 cm); crown cover may be less than
100%; decay, decadence, numbers of snags, and quantity of large downed material is generally
less than that found in old -growth.
YES = Category I NO = not a forested wetland with special characteristics
SC5
Wetlands in Coastal Lasoons (see p. 91)
Cat. I
Cat. II
Does the wetland meet all of the following criteria of a wetland in a coastal lagoon?
The wetland lies in a depression adjacent to marine waters that is wholly or partially separated
from marine waters by sandbanks, gravel banks, shingle, or, less frequently, rocks.
The lagoon in which the wetland is located contains surface water that is saline or brackish (> 0.5
ppt) during most of the year in at least a portion of the lagoon (needs to he measured near the
bottom.)
YES = Go to SC 5.1 NO not a wetland in a coastal lagoon
SC 5.1 Does the wetland meet all of the following three conditions?
The wetland is relatively undisturbed (has no diking, ditching, filling, cultivation, grazing) and has
less than 20% cover of invasive plant species (see list of invasive species on p. 74).
At least 3/4 of the landward edge of the wetland has a 100 ft. buffer of shrub, forest, or un-grazed
or un-mowed grassland.
The wetland is larger than 1/10 acre (4350 square ft.)
YES = Category I NO = Category II
SC6
Interdunal Wetlands (see p. 93)
Cat. II
Cat. III
Is the wetland west of the 1889 line (also called the Western Boundary of Upland Ownership or
WBUO)?
YES = Go to SC 6.1 NO not an interdunal wetland for rating
If you answer yes you will still need to rate the wetland based on its functions.
In practical terms that means the following geographic areas:
• Long Beach Peninsula -- lands west of SR 103
• Grayland-Westport -- lands west of SR 105
• Ocean Shores-Copalis — lands west of SR 115 and SR 109
SC 6.1 Is the wetland one acre or larger, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is one acre or larger?
YES = Category II NO = go to SC 6.2
SC 6.2 Is the wetland between 0.1 and 1 acre, or is it in a mosaic of wetlands that is between 0.1 and 1 acre?
YES = Category III
•
Category of wetland based on Special Characteristics
Choose the "highest" rating if wetland falls into several categories, and record on p. 1.
If you answered NO for all types enter "Not Applicable" on p. 1
Comments:
Wetland Rating Form — Western Washington, Version 2 (7/06), updated with new WDFW definitions Oct. 2008 Page 12 of 12
Appendix F Qualifications
All field inspections, jurisdictional wetland boundary delineations, OHW determinations, habitat
assessments, and supporting documentation, including this wetland Delineation and Fish and
_/ildllfeHabitat Assessment Report prepared for the StranderBoulevard Project, were prepared
by Jon Pickett of SVC. In addition, report preparation and site inspections were performed by Alex
Callender and Emily Swaim.
Jon Pickett
Senior Environmental Planner
Professional Experience: 9 years
Jon Pickett is a Senior Scientist/Environmental Planner with diverse professional experience in habitat
development as a Regional Biologist and Environmental Project Manager, with an emphasis in wetland
restoration and enhancement. Jon has extensive experience successfully planning, developing, securing
funding, managing and implementing numerous large-scale wetland habitat projects aimed at restoring
the biological and physical functions of wetlands throughout California's Central Valley and Southern
California. During this time he managed a 2,200 acre private wetland and upland habitat complex as
a public trust resource for conservation and consumptive use. He worked to ensure projects were
designed and implemented to achieve habitat restoration goals, including reclamation of wetland and
floodplain habitats, reintroduction of aquatic complexity and habitat, and reestablishment of riparian
corridor.
Jon has worked with Federal and State agencies and private entities on land acquisitions for
conservational habitat and public use, including prioritizing acquisitions relative to value and
opportunity and funding. In addition, Jon has experience in regulatory coordination to ensure projects
operated in compliance with Federal, State and local environmental regulations, preparing permit
documentation, coordinating with all pertinent agencies and stakeholders, and developing and
maintaining appropriate permitting timelines to ensure timely approvals. He also oversaw earthwork
construction components and revegetation efforts, as well as post -project monitoring, with an
emphasis in native vegetation establishment and natural channel morphology.
Jon earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Natural Resource Sciences from Washington State
University and Bachelor of Science Minor in Forestry from Washington State University.
Emily Swaim
Wetland Scientist/Field Geologist
Professional Experience: 4 years
Emily Swaim is a Wetland Scientist and Field Geologist with a background in conducting Phase I, II
and ITI Environmental Site Assessments (ESAs), underground natural gas pipeline and overhead
electrical transmission line project assessment and environmental inspections, construction oversight,
stormwater compliance inspections, soil sampling, delineating and assessing wetland and aquatic
systems, and stormwater, floodplain, and wetland permitting. Ms. Swaim's expertise focuses on
projects involving sensitive wetland and stream habitats where extensive team coordination and
1244.0003 Strander. Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
various regulatory challenges must be carefully and intelligently managed from project inception to
completion.
Emily earned a Bachelor of Science degree in Geology from Illinois State University and Wetland
Science and Management Professional Certification from the University of Washington, Seattle. She
is also educated in Environmental Science from Iowa State University. Her education and experience
has provided her with extensive knowledge on soils, wetland science, hydrogeology, sedimentology,
environmental law, environmental geology, landscape ecology, and structural geology. Ms. Swaim has
been formally trained in Hazardous Waste Operations and Emergency Response (HAZWOPER) and
is Occupational Health and Safety Administration (OSHA) 30-hour Construction and 10-hour
Construction certified. She is also a Pierce County Qualified Wetland Specialist and Wetland
Professional In -Training (WPIT) through the Society of Wetland Scientists.
1244.0003 Strander. Boulevard Soundview Consultants LLC
Revised Wetland Delineation and Habitat Assessment Report March 28, 2018
COMPLETE APPLICATION CHECKLIST
The materials listed below must be submitted with your application unless specifically waived in writing by the Public Works
Department and the Department of Community Development. Please contact each Department if you feel that certain items
are not applicable to your project and should be waived. Application review will not begin until it is determined to be
complete. ADDITIONAL MATERIALS MAY BE REQUIRED.
The initial application materials allow project review to begin and vest the applicant's rights. However, the City may require
additional information as needed to establish consistency with development standards.
City Staff are available to answer questions about application materials at 206-431-3670 (Department of Community
Development) and 206-433-0179 (Department of Public Works).
Check items
submitted
with
application
Information Required. May be waived in unusual cases, upon approval of both Public Works and
Planning
APPLICATION MATERIALS:
✓
1. Application Checklist one (1) copy, indicating items submitted with application.
✓
2. Application Fee: See Land Use Fee Schedule.
3. Written description of the project, the deviation or approval being requested and response to the
applicable decision criteria.
ZONING CODE PARKING DEVIATION
4. A complete description of the proposed construction relative to parking areas, and all supporting
agreements.
5. Dimensional site plan(s) to demonstrate parking area consistent with Zoning Code requirements.
6. Parking studies as needed to demonstrate adequate parking is provided.
LANDSCAPE DEVIATION
7. Landscape plan — two (2) copies showing size and species of existing and proposed plant materials,
required perimeter landscape types, parking areas, buildings, walkways, transit facilities, property lines,
dimensions and area of planting beds and any calculations necessary to demonstrate compliance with
review criteria.
SENSITIVE AREA ORDINANCE - Deviations, Alterations or Uses Requiring Administrative Review and Approval
I
8. Site Plan — two (2) copies showing all buildings, parking areas, walkways, property lines, planting
areas, sensitive areas, their buffers and setbacks.
✓
9. Sensitive area studies, mitigation and enhancement plans to justify a requested use, deviation, alteration
or buffer or setback reduction and demonstrate that the reduction will not result in a direct or indirect short-
term or long-term adverse impact to the sensitive area per TMC 18.45.090(D) or 18.45.110(C). See TMC
18.45.040(B) for required element s of wetland and/or watercourse sensitive area studies and TMC
18.45.040(C) for the required elements of a geotechnical report.
RECEIVED
AUG 13 2018
Community
Development
\\deptstore\City Common\Teri\Revisions In Progress\Special Permission Director -March 201 I.docx
Check items
submitted
with
application
Informatiion Requii�d. May be waived in unusual cases, upon approval of both Public Works and
Planning •
CARGO CONTAINER APPROVAL
10. Site plan showing the location of the container(s) in relationship to parking areas, property lines,
buildings, streets, trails, landscape areas and setbacks.
1 1 . Description of the proposed screening.
12. Dimensions of proposed cargo container.
SINGLE-FAMILY DESIGN STANDARD EXCEPTIONS
13. Dimensioned and scalable building elevations with keyed colors and materials.
14. The site plan must include a graphic scale, north arrow, proposed house footprint, any existing
structures, lot lines, setbacks, adjacent streets, driveways, parking areas, any sensitive areas and any fences,
rockeries or retaining walls.
RECEIVED
AUG 13 2018
Community
Development
\\deptstore\City Common\Teri\Revisions In Progress\Special Permission Director -March 201 I.docx
CITY OF TUKWILA
Department of Community Development
6300 Southcenter Boulevard, Tukwila, WA 98188
Telephone: (206) 431-3670
SPECIAL
PERMISSION -
DIRECTOR
APPLICATION
FOR STAFF USE ONLY Permits Plus Type: P-SP
Planner: ��i 1 gum/ 5
File Number: t i
(
Application Complete Date: 9 110JI
(�
Project File Number:
— o0T
Application Incomplete Date:
Other File Numbers:
NAME OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT•Strander Blvd Site Access PW15-0168
BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF PROJECT: Access from Strander Blvd to subject property
LOCATION OF PROJECT/DEVELOPMENT: Give street address or, if vacant, indicate lot(s), block and
subdivision, access street, and nearest intersection.
Site is east of the intersection of W. Valley Highway and Strander Blvd.
Vacant land north of Strander Blvd, west of Union Pacific railroad tracks, east of the Interurban Trail.
LIST ALL TAX LOT NUMBERS (this information may be found on your tax statement).
KC Parcel #0005800012, 0005800008, 2523049023
DEVELOPMENT COORDINATOR :
The individual who:
• has decision making authority on behalf of the owner/applicant in meetings with City staff,
• has full responsibility for identifying and satisfying all relevant and sometimes overlapping development standards,
and
• is the primary contact with the City to whom all notices and reports will be sent.
Name: Dan Balmelli, Barghausen Consulting Engineers
Address:18215 72nd Avenue South
Phone: (425) 251-6222
E-mail: dbalmelli@barghausen.com
FAX: (425) 251-8782
Signature: c frev7 K' K^, n 4
Date: 08/10/2018
.t
AUG 13 2018
Community
Development
\\depistorc\City Common\Teri\Revisions In Progress\Special Permission Director -March 201 I.docx
SleANDER BOULEVARD -PROPOSED MITIGATION CONCEPTIPLANTING PLAN
0
10
20
40
1
1
•
GRAPHIC SCALE
i•=20'
MINN
MIX OF NATIVE SHRUBS, IN
GROUPINGS OF 3 AND UP TO 11,
BUFFER SEED MIX THROUGHOUT
FACU ,<
p
,FAcw
LIVE STAKE DETAIL (TYPICAL)
BUFFER RESTORATION
PLANTING AREA (3,300 SF)
NOT TO SCALE
NOTES:
1. LIVE STAKES TO BE 1 TO 2 INCH DIAMETER 24 TO 32 INCHES LENGTH.
2. USE 1/2 INCH DIAMETER REBAR OR ROCK BAR TO MAKE PILOT HOLE.
3. INSTALL LIVE STAKES TAPER END DOWN WITH BUDS POINTED UP.
4. MINUMUM TWO BUDS ABOVE GRADE.
5. SET LIVE STAKES WITH DEAD -BLOW HAMMER.
6. WATER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION.
w
0
Q
O
H w
CC) CD
O w
o J
��
o Z
STORAGE OF LIVE STAKES
ALL WOODY PLANT CUTTINGS COLLECTED
MORE THAN 12 HR PRIOR TO
INSTALLATION, MUST BE CAREFULLY
BOUND, SECURED, AND STORED OUT OF
DIRECT SUNLIGHT AND SUBMERGED IN
CLEAN FRESH WATER FOR A PERIOD OF
UP TO TWO WEEKS.
OUTDOOR TEMPERATURES MUST BE LESS
THAN 50 DEGREES F AND TEMPERATURE
INDOORS AND IN STORAGE CONTAINERS
MUST BE BETWEEN 34 AND 50 DEGREES F.
IF THE LIVE STAKES CANNOT BE
INSTALLED DURING THE DORMANT
SEASON, CUT DURING THE DORMANT
SEASON AND HOLD IN COLD STORAGE AT
TEMPERATURES BETWEEN 33 AND 39
DEGREES F FOR UP TO 2 MONTHS.
1
TP6',
WETLAND A - CAT. IV
APPROX. 1,265 SF /
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
PARTIAL SCREEN
OF TREES AROUND
PERIMETER
BUFFER SEED MIX
AGROSTIS EXARATA /
SPIKE BENTGRASS - 10%
DESCHAMPSIA CESPITOSA /
TUFTED HAIRGRASS - 10%
DESCHAMPSIA DANTHONIOIDES /
ANNUAL HAIRGRASS - 10%
DESCHAMPSIA ELONGATA /
SLENDER HAIRGRASS - 10%
ELYMUS GLAUCUS /
BLUE WILDRYE - 25%
HORDEUM BRACHYANTHERUM /
MEADOW BARLEY - 25%
LUPINUS POLYPHYLLUS /
STREAMSIDE LUPINE - 10%
PLANTING NOTES:
1. ERADICATE ALL INVASIVE PLANTS IN BUFFER RESTORATION
PLANTING AREA.
2. PLANT FACW AND SALIX SPECIES CLOSEST TO WETLAND, FACU
SPECIES NEAR BUFFER EDGE, FAC SPECIES IN MIDDLE ZONE.
3. TEMPORARY IRRIGATION MAY BE REQUIRED (WATER TRUCK
OR OTHER) WHILE NATIVE PLANTS BECOME ESTABLISHED
SHRUB PLANTING DETAIL (TYPICAL)
NOT TO SCALE
LOCATOR LATH (IF SPECIFIED)
SET TOP OF ROOT MASS / ROOT BALL FLUSH
WITH FINISH GRADE OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE
3 to 4 INCH LAYER OF MULCH - KEEP MULCH
MIN. 3" AWAY FROM TRUNK OF SHRUB
NOTES:
1. PLANT SHRUBS OF THE SAME SPECIES IN
GROUPS OF 3 to 9 AS APPROPRIATE, OR AS SHOWN
ON PLAN. AVOID INSTALLING PLANTS IN STRAIGHT
LINES TO ACHIEVE A NATURAL -LOOKING LAYOUT.
2. EXCAVATE PIT TO FULL DEPTH OF ROOT MASS
AND 2 X ROOT MASS DIAMETER. SPREAD ROOTS TO
FULL WIDTH OF CANOPY. SCARIFY SIDES OF PIT.
3. MIDWAY THROUGH PLANTING ADD AGROFORM
TABLET AND WATER THOROUGHLY.
4. BACKFILL TO BE COMPACTED USING WATER ONLY.
5. WATER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION.
UNDISTURBED OR
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
WETLAND BUFFER AND
STREAM ENHANCEMENT PLANTING LEGEND
>
0
0
0
TREES -29 TOTAL
CORYLUS CORNUTA / BEAKED HAZLENUT - MAX. HT. 20' - FACU
FRAXINUS LATIFOLIA / OREGON ASH - MAX. HT. 70' - FACW
MALUS FUSCA / PACIFIC CRABAPPLE - MAX. HT. 40' - FACW
PRUNUS EMARGINATA / BITTER CHERRY - MAX. HT. 30' - FACU
RHAMNUS PURTIANA / CASCARA - MAX. HT. 30' - FAC
SHRUBS - 80 TOTAL
CORNUS SERICEA / RED -TWIG DOGWOOD - FACW
HOLODISCUS DISCOLOR / OCEANSPRAY - FACU
OEMLARIA CERASIFORMIS / INDIAN PLUM - FACU
RHAUMNUS PURSHIANA / CASCARA - FAC
RIBES SANGUINEUM / RED FLOWERING CURRANT - FACU
ROSA NUTKANA / NOOTKA ROSE - FAC
ROSA PISOCARPA / CLUSTERED WILD ROSE - FAC
SALIX SCOLLERIANA / SCOULERS WILLOW (STAKES) - FAC
Q SAMBUCUS RACEMOSA / RED ELDERBERRY - FACU
SYMPHORICARPOS ALBUS / SNOWBERRY - FACU
TREE PLANTING DETAIL (TYPICAL)
NOT TO SCALE
LOCATOR LATH (IF SPECIFIED)
SET TOP OF ROOT MASS / ROOT BALL FLUSH
WITH FINISH GRADE OR SLIGHTLY ABOVE
3 to 4 INCH LAYER OF MULCH - KEEP MULCH
MIN. 3" AWAY FROM TRUNK OF TREE
NOTES:
1. PLANT TREES AS INDICATED ON PLAN. AVOID
INSTALLING PLANTS IN STRAIGHT LINES.
2. EXCAVATE PIT TO FULL DEPTH OF ROOT MASS
AND 2 X ROOT MASS DIAMETER. SPREAD ROOTS
TO FULL WIDTH OF CANOPY. SCARIFY SIDES OF
PIT.
3. MIDWAY THROUGH PLANTING ADD AGROFORM
TABLET AND WATER THOROUGHLY.
4. BACKFILL TO BE COMPACTED USING WATER ONLY.
5. WATER IMMEDIATELY AFTER INSTALLATION.
UNDISTURBED OR
COMPACTED SUBGRADE
WWW.SOUNDV1E WCONS ULTANTS.COM
0
cal
z
DATE: 7/10/2018 .
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 2 OF 4
nRAFT FnP RFVIFW
STRANDER BOULEV*RD - NOTES ANDeI'ECIFICATIONS
THE FOLLOWING SECTIONS PRESENT THE PROPOSED
BUFFER REDUCTION AND TEMPORARY BUFFER IMPACT AND
RESTORATION PLAN TO ADDRESS THE PERMANENT BUFFER
MODIFICATION AND TEMPORARY IMPACTS ASSOCIATED
WITH THE PROPOSED PROJECT. THE PROPOSED BUFFER
REDUCTION AND RESTORATION ACTIONS ATTEMPT TO
CLOSELY ADHERE TO LOCAL CRITICAL AREAS
REGULATIONS SPECIFIED IN TMC 18.45.080.F. THE PROPOSED
BUFFER REDUCTION AND RESTORATION PLAN IS
DESCRIBED BELOW.
MP 7.1 PURPOSE AND NEED
THE PROPOSED PROJECT IS TO PROVIDE ROAD ACCESS
FROM WEST VALLEY HIGHWAY AS A CONTINUATION OF
STRANDER BOULEVARD ONTO THE SUBJECT PROPERTY.
THE INTENT OF THE PROPOSED ROAD ENTRANCE WILL BE
TO SERVICE A FUTURE DEVELOPMENT OF THE SITE NORTH
OF STRANDER BOULEVARD. THE PROPOSED PROJECT IS NOT
ANTICIPATED TO RESULT IN THE LOSS OF ANY WETLAND
HABITAT; HOWEVER, A 50- FOOT WETLAND BUFFER
EXTENDS INTO THE RIGHT OF WAY SO BUFFER REDUCTION
IS BEING PROPOSED.
MP 7.2 MITIGATION SEQUENCING
THE PROJECT HAS BEEN DESIGNED TO AVOID DIRECT
IMPACTS TO THE WETLAND. FURTHER, THE PROJECT WAS
DESIGNED TO MINIMIZE IMPACTS TO BUFFERS TO THE
GREATEST EXTENT POSSIBLE. IN ORDER TO PROVIDE
PUBLIC ROW IMPROVEMENT TO ACCESS THE SITE, BUFFER
REDUCTION IS NECESSARY.
THE DEGRADED BUFFER ASSOCIATED WITH WETLAND A IS
PROPOSED TO BE REDUCED FROM 50 FEET TO 25 FEET AND
RESTORED AS ALLOWED PER TMC 18.45.080.F.2. ALL
CONSTRUCTION ACTIVITIES ARE AVOIDING DIRECT
WETLAND CRITICAL AREA IMPACTS THROUGH CAREFUL
PROJECT DESIGN. THE PROPOSED PLANTING ACTIONS WILL
RESTORE THE IMPACTED AND DEGRADED WETLAND
BUFFER AND IMPROVE ECOLOGICAL FUNCTIONS AND
VALUE BY PROVIDING ADDITIONAL FUNCTIONS
ACCORDING TO THE NEEDS OF THE WATERSHED AND
PROVIDING AN OVERALL IMPROVEMENT TO WETLAND
BUFFER FUNCTIONS. REMOVING WETLAND BUFFER
DEGRADATIONS SUCH AS NON-NATIVE, INVASIVE
VEGETATION, AND REPLACING WITH NATIVE VEGETATION
WITHIN THE BUFFER WILL RESTORE THE HABITAT
FUNCTIONS PROVIDED BY THE SITE AND IMPROVE
HYDROLOGY AND QUALITY OF WATER LEAVING THE
PROJECT SITE. A DIVERSE HERBACEOUS LAYER WILL BE
ESTABLISHED TO PROVIDE BROWSE, COVER, AND NESTING
FOR SMALL MAMMALS, WHICH IN TURN PROVIDE PREY FOR
RAPTORS AND OTHER SMALL MAMMALS.
MP 7.3 DESCRIPTION OF IMPACTS AND MITIGATION
STRATEGY
THE PROPOSED PROJECT REQUIRES MINOR INTRUSION
INTO THE NORTHERN BUFFER ASSOCIATED WITH WETLAND
A DUE TO SITE DEVELOPMENT RESTRICTIONS AND
CONSTRUCTION. IN ADDITION, TEMPORARY IMPACTS FROM
MINOR GRADING MAY OCCUR ALONG THE OUTER EDGES
OF THE WETLAND BUFFERS. ANY GRADING WITHIN OR
ADJACENT TO THE WETLAND BUFFER WILL INCORPORATE
BMPS AND TESC MEASURES TO MINIMIZE IMPACTS TO THE
MAXIMUM EXTENT FEASIBLE. APPROXIMATELY 1,765
SQUARE FEET OF WETLAND BUFFER AREA ALONG THE
NORTHWESTERN PORTION OF WETLAND A WILL BE
RESTORED TO MITIGATE INDIRECT IMPACTS USING THE
SPECIES OUTLINED IN BUFFER RESTORATION PLAN SET,
AND BARE SOIL WILL BE RESEEDED WITH THE BUFFER SEED
MIX. NO ACTIVITIES ARE PROPOSED THAT WILL DIRECTLY
IMPACT WETLAND A.
MP 7.4 APPROACH AND BEST MANAGEMENT PRACTICES
THE PROPOSED RESTORATION PLAN IS INTENDED TO
PROVIDE INCREASED WETLAND PROTECTIONS BY
MAINTENANCE OR IMPROVEMENT OF WETLAND BUFFER
FUNCTIONS. IMPACTS TO THE WETLAND BUFFER ARE
BEING MINIMIZED THROUGH CAREFUL PLANNING EFFORTS
AND PROJECT DESIGN. RESTORATION OF DISTURBED
AREAS WITHIN THE BUFFER SHOULD OCCUR IMMEDIATELY
AFTER GRADING IS COMPLETE. TEMPORARY EROSION AND
SEDIMENT CONTROL (TESL) MEASURES WILL BE
IMPLEMENTED THAT CONSISTS OF HIGH -VISIBILITY
FENCING (HVF) INSTALLED AROUND NATIVE VEGETATION
ALONG THE MODIFIED PERIMETER OF THE BUFFER, SILT
FENCING BETWEEN THE GRADED AREAS AND
UNDISTURBED BUFFER, PLASTIC SHEETING ON STOCKPILED
MATERIALS, AND SEEDING OF DISTURBED SOILS. THESE
TESC MEASURES SHOULD BE INSTALLED PRIOR TO THE
START OF DEVELOPMENT OR RESTORATION ACTIONS AND
ACTIVELY MANAGED FOR THE DURATION OF THE PROJECT.
ALL EQUIPMENT STAGING AND MATERIALS STOCKPILES
SHOULD BE KEPT OUT OF THE BUFFER, AND THE AREA
WILL NEED TO BE KEPT FREE OF SPILLS AND/OR
HAZARDOUS MATERIALS. ALL FILL MATERIAL AND ROAD
SURFACING SHOULD BE SOURCED FROM UPLAND AREAS
ONSITE OR FROM APPROVED SUPPLIERS AND WILL NEED TO
BE FREE OF POLLUTANTS AND HAZARDOUS MATERIALS.
CONSTRUCTION MATERIALS ALONG WITH ALL
CONSTRUCTION WASTE AND DEBRIS SHOULD BE
EFFECTIVELY MANAGED AND STOCKPILED ON PAVED
SURFACES AND KEPT FREE OF THE REMAINING WETLAND
BUFFER AREA. FOLLOWING COMPLETION OF THE
RESIDENCE, THE ENTIRE SITE SHOULD BE CLEANED AND
DETAIL GRADED USING HAND TOOLS WHEREVER
NECESSARY, AND TESC MEASURES WILL NEED TO BE
REMOVED.
MP 7.5 GOALS, OBJECTIVES, AND PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS
THE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES FOR THE PROPOSED BUFFER
RESTORATION ACTIONS ARE BASED ON PROVIDING
ADDITIONAL HABITAT AND PROTECTION FOR WETLAND A
AND PROVIDING SUPPLEMENTARY WATER QUALITY AND
HYDROLOGICAL FUNCTIONS. THE BUFFER RESTORATION
ACTIONS ARE CAPABLE OF IMPROVING HABITAT FUNCTION
FOR THE WETLAND OVER TIME BY ESTABLISHMENT OF A
DENSE VEGETATION BARRIER BETWEEN THE PROJECT AND
THE CRITICAL AREAS. THE GOALS AND OBJECTIVES OF THE
RESTORATION ACTIONS ARE AS FOLLOWS:
GOAL 1 - IMPROVE AND PROTECT WETLAND A BY
RESTORING APPROXIMATELY 1,765 SQUARE FEET OF THE
NORTHWESTERN PORTION OF WETLAND A'S BUFFER AREA.
OBJECTIVE 1 - ESTABLISH DENSE COVER OF NATIVE
TREES, SHRUBS, AND GRASSES AND FORBS WITHIN THE
BUFFER TO CREATE DIVERSE HORIZONTAL AND
VERTICAL VEGETATION STRUCTURE AND IMPROVE
WILDLIFE HABITAT.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.1 - BY THE END
OF YEAR 5, THE WETLAND BUFFER RESTORATION
AREA WILL HAVE AT LEAST 2 SPECIES OF NATIVE
TREES, AND 3 SPECIES OF NATIVE SHRUBS;
(NATIVE VOLUNTEER SPECIES CAN BE
INCLUDED) PRESENT IN ALL AREAS OF
RESTORED BUFFER. TO BE CONSIDERED, THE
NATIVE SPECIES MUST MAKE UP AT LEAST 5
PERCENT OF THE VEGETATION CLASS.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.2 - MINIMUM
PLANT SURVIVORSHIP WILL BE AT 100 PERCENT
OF INSTALLED PLANTS AT THE END OF YEAR 1
(REPLACEMENT OF LOST PLANTS ALLOWED), 85
PERCENT AT THE END OF YEAR 2, 80 PERCENT AT
THE END OF YEAR 3, AND 75 PERCENT AT THE
END OF YEAR 5. SURVIVORSHIP MEASUREMENT
WILL BE BASED UPON NET STEM DENSITY AFTER
YEAR 1. NATIVE RECRUITS MAY BE COUNTED
TOWARDS SURVIVORSHIP TOTALS.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.3 - MINIMUM
NATIVE WOODY SPECIES COVER IN THE
RESTORATION AREA WILL BE A MINIMUM 30
PERCENT TOTAL COVER AT THE END OF YEAR 3
AND 50 PERCENT AT THE END OF YEAR 5.
PERFORMANCE STANDARD 1.4 - NON-NATIVE
INVASIVE PLANTS WILL NOT MAKE UP MORE
THAN 20 PERCENT TOTAL COVER IN ANY
GROWING SEASON DURING THE MONITORING
PERIOD FOLLOWING YEAR 1.
MP 7.6 PLANTS MATERIALS AND INSTALLATION FOR
RESTORATION ACTIONS
PLANT MATERIALS
ALL PLANT MATERIALS TO BE USED FOR RESTORATION
ACTIONS WILL BE NURSERY GROWN STOCK FROM A
REPUTABLE, LOCAL SOURCE. ONLY NATIVE SPECIES ARE TO
BE USED; NO HYBRIDS OR CULTIVARS WILL BE ALLOWED.
PLANT MATERIAL PROVIDED WILL BE TYPICAL OF THEIR
SPECIES OR VARIETY; IF NOT CUTTINGS THEY WILL EXHIBIT
NORMAL, DENSELY -DEVELOPED BRANCHES AND
VIGOROUS, FIBROUS ROOT SYSTEMS. PLANTS WILL BE
SOUND, HEALTHY, VIGOROUS PLANTS FREE FROM DEFECTS,
AND ALL FORMS OF DISEASE AND INFESTATION.
CONTAINER STOCK SHALL HAVE BEEN GROWN IN ITS
DELIVERY CONTAINER FOR NOT LESS THAN SIX MONTHS
BUT NOT MORE THAN TWO YEARS. PLANTS SHALL NOT
EXHIBIT ROOTBOUND CONDITIONS. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL CONTAINER STOCK BE HANDLED
BY THEIR TRUNKS, STEMS, OR TOPS. SEED MIXTURE USED
FOR HAND OR HYDROSEEDING SHALL CONTAIN FRESH,
CLEAN, AND NEW CROP SEED MIXED BY AN APPROVED
METHOD. THE MIXTURE IS SPECIFIED IN THIS PLAN SET.
ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST UPON DELIVERY. PLANT MATERIAL
NOT CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS BELOW WILL
BE REJECTED AND REPLACED BY THE PLANTING
CONTRACTOR. REJECTED PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE
IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE SITE.
FERTILIZER WILL BE IN THE FORM OF AGROFORM PLANT
TABS OR AN APPROVED LIKE FORM. MULCH WILL CONSIST
OF STERILE WHEAT STRAW OR CLEAN RECYCLED WOOD
CHIPS APPROXIMATELY 1/2 INCH TO 1 INCH IN SIZE AND 1/2
INCH THICK. IF FREE OF INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES, THE
MULCH MATERIAL MAY BE SOURCED FROM WOODY
MATERIALS SALVAGED FROM THE LAND CLEARING
ACTIVITIES.
PLANT SCHEDULING, SPECIES, SIZE, AND SPACING
PLANT INSTALLATION SHOULD OCCUR AS CLOSE TO
CONCLUSION OF CLEARING AND GRADING ACTIVITIES AS
POSSIBLE TO LIMIT EROSION AND LIMIT TEMPORAL LOSS OF
FUNCTION PROVIDED BY THE WETLAND AND BUFFER. ALL
PLANTING SHOULD OCCUR BETWEEN SEPTEMBER 1 AND
MAY 1 TO ENSURE PLANTS DO NOT DRY OUT AFTER
INSTALLATION, OR TEMPORARY IRRIGATION MEASURES
MAY BE NECESSARY. ALL PLANTING WILL BE INSTALLED
ACCORDING TO PROCEDURES DETAILED IN THE
FOLLOWING SUBSECTIONS USING THE SPECIES AND
DENSITIES OUTLINED IN THE BUFFER RESTORATION PLAN
CFT
QUALITY CONTROL FOR PLANTING PLAN
ALL PLANT MATERIAL SHALL BE INSPECTED BY THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST UPON DELIVERY. P.LANT MATERIAL
NOT CONFORMING TO THE SPECIFICATIONS ABOVE WILL
BE REJECTED AND REPLACED BY THE PLANTING
CONTRACTOR. REJECTED PLANT MATERIALS SHALL BE
IMMEDIATELY REMOVED FROM THE SITE. UNDER NO
CIRCUMSTANCES SHALL CONTAINER STOCK BE HANDLED
BY THEIR TRUNKS, STEMS, OR TOPS.
THE LANDSCAPE CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST WITH DOCUMENTATION OF PLANT
MATERIAL THAT INCLUDES THE SUPPLYING NURSERY
CONTACT INFORMATION, PLANT SPECIES, PLANT
QUANTITIES, AND PLANT SIZES.
PRODUCT HANDLING, DELIVERY, AND STORAGE
ALL SEED AND FERTILIZER SHOULD BE DELIVERED IN
ORIGINAL, UNOPENED, AND UNDAMAGED CONTAINERS
SHOWING WEIGHT, ANALYSIS, AND NAME OF
MANUFACTURER. THIS MATERIAL SHOULD BE STORED IN A
MANNER TO PREVENT WETTING AND DETERIORATION.
ALL PRECAUTIONS CUSTOMARY IN GOOD TRADE PRACTICE
SHALL BE TAKEN IN PREPARING PLANTS FOR MOVING.
WORKMANSHIP THAT FAILS TO MEET INDUSTRY
STANDARDS WILL BE REJECTED. PLANTS WILL BE PACKED,
TRANSPORTED, AND HANDLED WITH CARE TO ENSURE
PROTECTION AGAINST INJURY AND FROM DRYING OUT. IF
PLANTS CANNOT BE PLANTED IMMMEDIATELY UPON
DELIVERY THEY SHOULD BE PROTECTED WITH SOIL, WET
PEAT MOSS, OR IN A MANNER ACCEPTABLE TO THE
WETLAND SCIENTIST. PLANTS, FERTILIZER, AND MULCH
NOT INSTALLED IMMEDIATELY UPON DELIVERY SHALL BE
SECURED ON THE SITE TO PREVENT THEFT OR TAMPERING.
NO PLANT SHALL BE BOUND WITH ROPE OR WIRE IN A
MANNER THAT COULD DAMAGE OR BREAK THE BRANCHES.
PLANTS TRANSPORTED ON OPEN VEHICLES SHOULD BE
SECURED WITH A PROTECTIVE COVERING TO PREVENT
WINDBURN.
66
a
O
Environmental Assessment • Planning • Land Use Solutions
SOUNDVIEWCONSULTANTS.COM CONSULTANTS.COM
0
z
DATE: 7/10/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 3 OF 4
f1RAI T FnR RFVIFW
•
STRANDER BOULEVARD - NOTES IIPND SPECIFICATIONS (CONTINUED)
PREPARATION AND INSTALLATION OF PLANT
MATERIALS
THE PLANTING CONTRACTOR SHALL VERIFY THE
LOCATION OF ALL ELEMENTS OF THE MITIGATION PLAN
\WITH THE WETLAND SCIENTIST PRIOR TO INSTALLATION.
THE RESPONSIBLE WETLAND SCIENTIST RESERVES THE
RIGHT TO ADJUST THE LOCATIONS OF LANDSCAPE
ELEMENTS DURING THE INSTALLATION PERIOD AS
APPROPRIATE. IF OBSTRUCTIONS ARE ENCOUNTERED THAT
ARE NOT SHOWN ON THE DRAWINGS, PLANTING
OPERATIONS WILL CEASE UNTIL ALTERNATE PLANT
LOCATIONS HAVE BEEN SELECTED BY AND/OR APPROVED
BY THE WETLAND SCIENTIST.
CIRCULAR PLANT PITS WITH VERTICAL SIDES WILL BE
EXCAVATED FOR ALL CONTAINER STOCK. THE PITS
SHOULD BE AT LEAST 12 INCHES IN DIAMETER, AND THE
DEPTH OF THE PIT SHOULD ACCOMMODATE THE ENTIRE
ROOT SYSTEM. THE BOTTOM OF EACH PIT WILL BE
SCARIFIED TO A DEPTH OF 4 INCHES.
BROKEN ROOTS SHOULD BE PRUNED WITH A SHARP
INSTRUMENT AND ROOTBALLS SHOULD BE THOROUGHLY
SOAKED PRIOR TO INSTALLATION. SET PLANT MATERIAL
UPRIGHT IN THE PLANTING PIT TO PROPER GRADE AND
ALIGNMENT. WATER PLANTS THOROUGHLY MIDWAY
THROUGH BACKFILLING AND ADD AGROFORM TABLETS.
WATER PITS AGAIN UPON COMPLETION OF BACKFILLING.
NO FILLING SHOULD OCCUR AROUND TRUNKS OR STEMS.
DO NOT USE FROZEN OR MUDDY MIXTURES FOR
BACKFILLING. FORM A RING OF SOIL AROUND THE EDGE
OF EACH PLANTING PIT TO RETAIN WATER AND INSTALL A
4- TO 6-INCH LAYER OF MULCH AROUND THE BASE OF EACH
CONTAINER PLANT.
TEMPORARY IRRIGATION SPECIFICATIONS
WHILE THE NATIVE SPECIES SELECTED FOR MITIGATION
ARE HARDY AND TYPICALLY THRIVE IN NORTHWEST
CONDITIONS AND THE PROPOSED ACTIONS ARE PLANNED
IN AREAS WITH SUFFICIENT HYDROPERIODS FOR THE
SPECIES SELECTED, SOME INDIVIDUAL PLANTS MIGHT
PERISH DUE TO DRY CONDITIONS. THEREFORE,
IRRIGATION OR REGULAR WATERING MAY BE PROVIDED AS
NECESSARY FOR TILE DURATION OF THE FIRST 2 GROWING
SEASONS WHILE THE NATIVE PLANTINGS BECOME
ESTABLISHED.
MP 7.7 MAINTENANCE & MONITORING PLAN
MAINTENANCE AND MONITORING PLANS ARE DESCRIBED
BELOW IN ACCORDANCE WITH TMC 18.45.090. THE
APPLICANT IS COMMITTED TO COMPLIANCE WITH THE
RESTORATION PLAN AND OVERALL SUCCESS OF THE
PROJECT. AS SUCH, THE APPLICANT WILL CONTINUE TO
MAINTAIN THE PROJECT, KEEPING THE SITE FREE FROM OF
NON-NATIVE INVASIVE VEGETATION, TRASH, AND WASTE.
THE WETLAND BUFFER RESTORATION PLAN WILL REQUIRE
CONTINUED MONITORING AND MAINTENANCE TO ENSURE
THE ACTIONS ARE SUCCESSFUL. THEREFORE, THE PROJECT
SITE WILL BE MONITORED FOR A PERIOD OF FIVE YEARS
WITH FORMAL INSPECTIONS BY A QUALIFIED WETLAND
SCIENTIST. MONITORING EVENTS WILL BE SCHEDULED AT
THE TIME OF CONSTRUCTION, 30 DAYS AFTER PLANTING,
EARLY IN THE GROWING SEASON AND THE END OF THE
GROWING SEASON FOR YEAR 1, TWICE DURING YEAR 2, AND
ANNUALLY IN YEARS 3 AND 5. CLOSEOUT ASSESSMENT WILL
ALSO BE CONDUCTED IN YEAR 5 TO ENSURE THE
ADEQUATE RESTORATION AREA WAS ESTABLISHED.
MONITORING WILL CONSIST OF PERCENT COVER
MEASUREMENTS AT PERMANENT MONITORING STATIONS,
WALK-THROUGH SURVEYS TO IDENTIFY INVASIVE SPECIES
PRESENCE AND DEAD OR DYING RESTORATION PLANTINGS,
PHOTOGRAPHS TAKEN AT FIXED PHOTO POINTS, WILDLIFE
OBSERVATIONS, AND GENERAL QUALITATIVE HABITAT AND
WETLAND FUNCTION OBSERVATIONS.
TO DETERMINE PERCENT COVER, OBSERVED VEGETATION
WILL BE IDENTIFIED AND RECORDED BY SPECIES AND AN
ESTIMATE OF AREAL COVER OF DOMINANT SPECIES WITHIN
EACH SAMPLING PLOTS. CIRCULAR SAMPLE PLOTS,
APPROXIMATELY 30 FEET IN DIAMETER (706 SQUARE FEET),
ARE CENTERED AT EACH MONITORING STATION. THE
SAMPLE PLOTS ENCOMPASS THE SPECIFIED WETLAND
AREAS AND TERMINATE AT THE OBSERVED WETLAND
BOUNDARY. TREES AND SHRUBS WITHIN EACH 30-FOOT
DIAMETER MONITORING PLOT ARE THEN RECORDED TO
SPECIES AND AREAL COVER. HERBACEOUS VEGETATION IS
SAMPLED FROM A 10-FOOT DIAMETER (78.5 SQUARE FEET)
WITHIN EACH MONITORING PLOT, ESTABLISHED AT THE
SAME LOCATION AS THE CENTER OF EACH TREE AND
SHRUB SAMPLE PLOT. HERBACEOUS VEGETATION WITHIN
EACH MONITORING PLOT IS THEN RECORDED TO SPECIES
AND INCLUDES AN ESTIMATE OF PERCENT AREAL COVER. A
LIST OF OBSERVED TREE, SHRUB, AND HERBACEOUS
SPECIES INCLUDING PERCENT AREAL COVER OF EACH
SPECIES AND WETLAND STATUS IS INCLUDED WITHIN THE
MONITORING REPORT.
MP 7.8 REPORTING
FOLLOWING EACH MONITORING EVENT, A BRIEF
MONITORING REPORT DETAILING THE CURRENT
ECOLOGICAL STATUS OF THE RESTORATION ACTIONS,
MEASUREMENT OF PERFORMANCE STANDARDS, AND
MANAGEMENT RECOMMENDATIONS WILL BE PREPARED
AND SUBMITTED TO THE CITY WITHIN 90 DAYS OF EACH
MONITORING EVENT TO ENSURE FULL COMPLIANCE WITH
THE RESTORATION PLAN.
MP 7.9 CONTINGENCY PLAN
IF MONITORING RESULTS INDICATE THAT PERFORMANCE
STANDARDS ARE NOT BEING MET, IT MAY BE NECESSARY
TO IMPLEMENT ALL OR PART OF THE CONTINGENCY PLAN.
CAREFUL ATTENTION TO MAINTENANCE IS ESSENTIAL IN
ENSURING THAT PROBLEMS DO NOT ARISE. SHOULD ANY
PORTION OF THE SITE FAIL TO MEET THE SUCCESS
CRITERIA, A CONTINGENCY PLAN WILL BE DEVELOPED
AND IMPLEMENTED WITH CITY APPROVAL. SUCH PLANS
ARE ADAPTIVE AND SHOULD BE PREPARED ON A
CASE -BY -CASE BASIS TO REFLECT THE FAILED
RESTORATION CHARACTERISTICS. CONTINGENCY PLANS
CAN INCLUDE ADDITIONAL PLANT INSTALLATION,
EROSION CONTROL, AND PLANT SUBSTITUTIONS
INCLUDING TYPE, SIZE, AND LOCATION. THE
CONTINGENCY MEASURES OUTLINED BELOW CAN ALSO BE
UTILIZED IN PERPETUITY TO MAINTAIN THE WETLAND
AND BUFFERS ASSOCIATED WITH THE PROPOSED PROJECT
SITE.
CONTINGENCY/MAINTENANCE ACTIVITIES MAY INCLUDE,
BUT ARE NOT LIMITED TO:
• REPLACING PLANTS LOST TO VANDALISM, DROUGHT,
OR DISEASE, AS NECESSARY;
• REPLACING ANY PLANT SPECIES WITH A 20 PERCENT OR
GREATER MORTALITY RATE AFTER TWO GROWING
SEASONS WITH THE SAME SPECIES OR NATIVE SPECIES
OF SIMILAR FORM AND FUNCTION;
• IRRIGATING THE RESTORATION AREAS ONLY AS
NECESSARY DURING DRY WEATHER IF PLANTS APPEAR
TO BE TOO DRY, WITH A MINIMAL QUANTITY OF
WATER;
• RESEEDING AND/OR REPAIR OF WETLAND AND BUFFER
AREAS AS NECESSARY IF EROSION OR SEDIMENTATION
OCCURS;
• SPOT TREAT NON-NATIVE INVASIVE PLANT SPECIES;
AND
REMOVING ALL TRASH OR UNDESIRABLE DEBRIS FROM THE
WETLAND AND BUFFER AREAS AS NECESSARY.
N a
cam. a
e4
N N
c:w
c
0
0
0
N
)
J
0,
c
a
E
c
E
c
0
c
w
www.SOUNDVI E WCONS ULTANTS.COA7
D»TE: 7/10/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
SHEET 4 OF 4
IlRAI T F[nP RFVIFW
0 5 10
20
6' CNLRR7
P
•
LOT 2
EXISTING
ING
JACK IN THE BOX
DC C8
qM . 23.6
_ INV . 21.25 B'
A NV- 2128 5' PVC
c roRY
E%. INTERURBAN TR4L�
EX ASPHALT PAM
-._- 24
STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
WETLAND 'A' —CAT. IV
APPROX. 1,265 SF
10 CNERRI7 (2)
Ex. C8 W/SOLID
115
RIM . 23.8
N,5 IW 20.85 12' CP
W IM7 . 21.25 12' EP
EY. EP
MAT
CRCHADk
24.10 /
\'� ■ TTOO REMAIN
—
l6TALL
WAX SIGN 11 �-..--�SSWG SIGN
----- P, Ek. CB
t �
{ •
EX. INTERURBAN
f `
1 ARCA OF MIi1L'AL n--
1
(PER -DETAILSHT. C3) I \
_/'..----
(E)L OVERML POWEHL-P --� I \
I14,
. 24.2
N INV . 20.1 12' OP
INSTALL NEW
50UD UD
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PLAN
EL 60' ROW
1 II
t II
1 '
0
E1 ASPHALT
g
W
co
I I l
is
i
� i� ��
P.
�\
1 \
\ \\
—� I
(PER DETAIL SI(T. C3)
Tel 18D171L CDC
-�—•-�af� -•.dam--1JLI
� Ir
E1: JERSEY cONC. 24
HARMER W,/OWN
TO BE REMOVED
1 I I I
N/ R0A
48V COMHCAL
NEW ASPHALT PAVEMENT
SEE SECTION ON SHT. C3.
LA. CO SU_'0 UD
RIM - 23.6 (ADJUSTED TO NEW GRADE)
NJ9 ON _ 23,15 IY DIP
S INV - 708 '2' 01P
TX. SOWN
RIM - 26.8
STRUCTURE Rai OF 1VATER
7055151E 061E18160 TANA 401N 38' 10 46'
META': PPE TO NORM J
�-
PENCE MEANDERS FROM
I! �_ \ F. 0.3'07 :WE
6 w. OF LINE To 080
1
a . :j i
1
I MATCH 'EC,,GRADE
AT TOP OF W W
23.70 I j WALL,
NEW STOP SIGN &
C8, J SIN -VEHICLE CROSSING.,
23.70
EXISTING
TACO BELL
LTSATT PARE
CURB
RFY. SP 084- 85
5707039008
ASPHALT PA.RI1
N01'20'15W 557.44
E% SSMH
4.00
WALL.
NEW-510P SIGN &
/PEDESTRWI CROSSING REMAIN
RV = 24.2
IN FROM W OUT TO N
- MATCH Dr- lCUY POLE CENTER CNMRNEL . 19 7
__GRADE r.. __..._ .
5�pca
4 E IRLM•23.7
I E.S TIN. 18.6 12' 01P
I (INSTALL NEW SOLD) UD
` 23.70 I& ADJUST RIM EL-24.0)
-
a
i
I
IQ'
p (EX. OVERHEAD POWERT
I 18TALL PEW 03
TYPE 1 w! BTNOATD 01A1E
0431 E03MMM 4 810Fit
RIM-23.F4
IE-18.45 (MATCH. EX)
EC CB
EC ASPHALT PAM
RLM - 25.1 (RIM 1'i ABOYE GROUND LEVEL)
N,SX NV • 18.1 12' 0P
7
APPROYRLQE AREA OF
ART/5CIALFLL
501'20'15T 55003'
•
2p
a
GRADING AND STORM DRAINAGE PLAN
W _(
0 v
CC
0
CC
W
0
Z
co
CO
Z »
3• Dco(0
o
icE Q
• o
co
�t1 Y J
3 W W u)
cr F N
CW 0 O
m
0
17)
10
0
30 60
120
-:wuc+s
60' DEDICATED
R.O.W.
Ot. JACK IN ME BOX
EX INTERURBAN
— R4M979�
Ale-77
---cr16.1
Rod-,O3d00'
82'
FX U.P.R
LIMIT OF WORK UNDER
THIS APPLICATION
IX. TACO BELL
COVER SHEET
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PLAN
A PORTION OF THE NORTHEAST QUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST OUARTER OF SECTION 25,
TOWNSHIP 23 N, RANGE 4 E., WILLAMETTE MERIDIAN, CITY OF TUKWILA, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON
Ld �
INTERURBAN TRML
--- )di'22'221V"357.7s' ..__ .............. _.........
PSP. FUND L
FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
LEGEND:
PROPOSED TYPE II CATCH BASIN O
PROPOSED TYPE I CATCH BASIN
EXISTING TYPE II CATCH BASINCD
EXISTING TYPE I CATCH BASIN ❑
PROPOSED STORM DRAINAGE UNE W
EXISTING STORM DRAINAGE UNE
D(I511NG SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE O
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER UNE — — — —
EXISTING WATERMAIN
COSTING FIRE HYDRANT L7
EXISTING WATER VALVE N
PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATIONS
EXISTING SPOT ELEVATIONS
EXISTING CONTOURS
PROPOSED CONTOURS
PROPOSED PAVEMENT
123.2
. 80
--- 100 --
100
S0,'222211 550.93
444'144:I
s
__..._....._..............-E1L----IRBAN TR,VL
RJTURE DEVELOPMENT
N01'20'151Y
669.91'
RJTURE DEVELOPMENT
EX. BUILDING
8
IX. ONOf -��— ...........
573.43.
IX. U.P.R.R.
CONTRACTOR SHALL BE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING PERMITS FROM THE
WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES FOR REMOVING AND
REPLACING ALL SURVEY MONUMENTATION THAT MAY BE AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION
ACTMIY, PURSUANT TO WAC 332-120. APPUCATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY A
REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR. APPUCATONS FOR PERMITS TO REMOVE MONUMENTS
MAY BE OBTAINED FROM THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL
RESOURCES. OR BY CONTACTING THEIR OFFICE BY TELEPHONE AT (206) 902-1190.
WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
PUBUC LAND SURVEY OFFICE
1111 WASHINGTON STREET S.E.
P.O. BOX 47060
OLYMPLA, WASHINGTON 98504-7060
UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION, ALL MONUMENTS DISPLACED, REMOVED, OR
DESTROYED SHALL BE REPLACED BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR, AT THE COST AND
AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR, PURSUANT TO THESE REGULATIONS. THE
APPROPRIATE FORMS FOR REPLACEMENT OF SAID MONUMENTATON SHALL ALSO BE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
SURVEY INFORMATION
LEGAL DESCRIPTION
(VILE REPORT NOT PROVIDED)
A PORTION OF P.S. El. RR IN THE N.E. 1/4 OF THE N.W. 1/4
OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP 23 NORM, RANGE 4 EAST, W.Y.
TOPOGRAPHICAL SITE SURVEY
FOR PUGET WESTERN
LOCATED IN 114E N.E 1/4. OF ME N.W. 1/4,
OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP 23 NORM, RANCE 4PRJD-RANGE_D
BASIS OF BEARINGS
THE EAST UNE OF CITY OF TUKWILA S.P. NO. L970053, UNDER
KING COUNTY RECORDING NO. 9804219002, BEING NO1'22'22114
VERTICAL DATUM
NOVO 29. PER NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE MAP
BENCHMARK:
PK NAIL AND SHINER SET IN SOUTHWEST CORNER OF WOOD
WINOWALL ON ME STREET RAILROAD BRIDGE OVER GREEN
RIVER. 0.30 MILE SOUTH ALONG THE RIVER FROM THE STRANDER
BOULEVARD BRIDGE OVER GREEN RIVER
ELEVATION - 31.96•
SITE TEMPORARY BENCHMARK (SITE TBM):
SET PK NAIL WEST OF CENTERUNE OF ASPHALT TRAIL
AT CATE 1N FENCE TO WENDYS PARKING LOT
ELEVATION - 23.38'
CONTOUR INTERVAL'
2.00 U.S. FEET
BOUNDARY NOTE
BOUNDARY UNES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE NOT
INTENDED TO DEPICT ACTUAL PROPERTY OWNERSHIP.
A TITLE REPORT WAS NOT PROVIDED, ONLY ASSESSOR
MAPS. THE BOUNDARY AS SHOWN DOES DEPICT A PORTION
OF THE P.S.P. & L CO. RICHT OF WAY LYING SOUTHERLY OF
THE CENTERLINE OF BOW TAKE PIPE UNE (SWD) RIGHT OF
WAY AS SHOWN ON CITY OF TUKWILA S.P. NO. L970053
EXTENDED EAST. AND NORTHERLY OF A 60' STRIP OF LAND
FOR STREET RICHT OF WAY DEDICATED TO ME CITY OF
TUKWILA UNDER RECORDING NO. 9409130812
INDEX OF SHEETS:
C1 OF 3 COVER SHEET
C2 OF 3 DRIVEWAY EXTENSION PLAN
C3 OF 3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS
CALL BEFORE YOU DIG
1-800-424-5555
COVER SHEET
0
01
N
z
cc
U
Q
a
F
3
U
'j
a
LL
0
CO
Z • }
CC cr
• CO
wY_�
• w w
O
to
O)
s
$ 51
3e B e 2
F
0 0 Y 8
UTILITY CONRJCT NOTE:
CAUTION:
EOF ALL COSTING UTILITIES SHALL B WHETHER SHOWN E RESPONSIBLE FOR
ON THESE NPLANS OR NOT BYG THE LOCATION, DIPOTHOUNAND DEPTH
G THE
U11LI116 AND SURVEYING THE HORIZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
THIS SHALL INCLUDE CAWG UTILITY LOCATE 0 1-800-424-5555 AND THEN POTHOLING
ALL OF THE EXISTING UTILITIES AT LOCATIONS OF NEW UTILITY CROSSINGS TO PHYSICALLY
VERIFY WHETHER OR NOT CONVICTS EXIST. LOCATIONS OF SAID UTIUTIES AS SHOWN ON THESE
PLANS ARE BASED UPON THE UNVERIFIED PUBUC INFORMATION AND ARE SUBJECT TO VARIATION.
IF CONFUCIS SHOULD OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT BARCHAUSEN
CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. TO RESOLVE ALL PROBLEMS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH •
CONSTRUCTION.
i
4
VI` Ti
5
z10431-t,z10431
GENERAL NOTES
1. AT LEAST ONE WEEK BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION, CONTACT
PUBLIC WORKS THEMES INSPECTOR AND SCHEDULE A
PRECONSTRUCRON TIEETING.
2. NOTIFY THE MUIIES INSPECTOR AT 206-433-0179 AT LEAST 48
HOURS (2 WORKING DAYS) BEFORE STARTING PROJECT SITE WORK.
3. REQUEST A PUBUC WORKS UTILITY INSPECTION AT LEAST 24 HOURS
1 WORKING DAT) IN ADVANCE BY CAWNG 206-433-0179.
4. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES SOLE RESPONSIBILLIY FOR WORKER SAFETY.
AND DAMAGE TO STRUCTURES AND IMPROVEMENTS RESULTING FROM
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
5. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE PERMITS) AND CONDMONS, THE
APPROVED PLANS. AND A CURRENT COPY OF CITY OF TUKWILA
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
AVAOABLE AT THE JOB SITE
6. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THESE APPROVED DRAWINGS. ANY
CHANGES FROM THE APPROVED PLANS REQUIRE PRE -APPROVAL FROM
THE OWNER, THE ENGINEER, AND THE CITY OF TUKWIIA.
7. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA
DEVELOPMENT GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS.
UNLESS OTHERWISE APPROVED BY THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR.
8. CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CURRENT SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS
ON -SITE
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE RECORD DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROJECT
FINAL APPROVAL
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND S1Ia8F
MAINTENANCE PUN FOR PUBLIC WORKS APPROVAL BEFORE
IMPLEMENTATION.
11. ALL SURVEYING FOR PUBLIC FACIMES SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE
DIRECTION OF A WASHINOTON LICENSED LAND SUFNEYOR. VERTICAL
DATUM SWILL BE NAVEL 1988. FOR PROJECTS WITHIN A FLOOD
CONTROL ZONE. THE PERMIRFE SHALL PROVIDE CONVERSION
CALCULATIONS TO NOVO 1929. HORIZONTAL DATUM 514AU. 8E STATE
PLANE COORDINATES
12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE, OR RELOCATE ALL SIGNS DAMAGED
OR REMOVED DUE TO CONSTRUCTION
GRADING NCI EROSION CONTROL NOTES
1. ME EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) MEASURES
ON THE APPROVED PLANS ARE MINIMUM REQUIREMENTS.
2. BEFORE BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTM11E5, ESTABLISH THE
CLEARING UNITS AND INSTALL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
3. BEFORE ANY GROUND DISTURBANCE OCCURS. ALL DOWNSTREAM
EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES (ESC) MUST
BE CONSTRUCTED AND IN OPERATION. INSTALL AND MAINTAIN ALL ESC
MEASURES ACCORDING TO THE ESC PLAN.
4. ESC MEASURES, INCLUDING ALL PERIMETER CONTROLS. SHALL REMAIN
IN PUCE UNTIL FINAL SITE CONSTRUCTION IS COMPLETED AND
PERMANENT STA IUZATION IS ESTABLISHED.
5. FROM MAY 1 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30, PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND
PERMANENT COVER MEASURES 70 PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT
WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR SEVEN DAYS OR MORE.
6. FROM OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 30. PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND
PERMANENT COVER MEASURES 70 PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT
WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR TWO DAYS OR MORE IN ADDTIION TO
COVER MEASURES, THE CONTACTOR SHALL:
•PROTECT STOCKPILES AND STEEP CUT AND FILL SLOPES IF UNWORKED
FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
•STOCKPILE, ON SITE. ENOUGH COVER MATERIALS TO COVER ALL
DISTURBED AREAS.
7. BY OCTOBER 8, SEED ALL AREAS THAT WILL REMAIN UNWORKED
DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1 THROUGH APRIL 30). MULCH
ALL SEEDED AREAS.
UPLJ7Y NOTES
1. ALL TRENCH EXCAVATION OPERATIONS SHALL NEST 0R D(CEED ALL
APPLICABLE SHORING LAWS FOR TRENCHES. ALL TRENCH SAFETY
SYSTEMS SHAIJ. MEET WLSHA REQUIREMENTS.
2. PUCE POWER, CABLE FIBER OPTICS. AND TELEPHONE UNES 5 IN A
TRENCH WITH A 5' MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION FROM OTHER
UNDERGROUND MUTES.
3. ADJUST ALL MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS. AND VALVES IN PUBLIC
RIGHTS -OF -WAY OR EASEHENIS AFTER ASPHALT PAVING.
PAVBI@NT RESTORATION
I. COMPACT BACKFILL TO COMPACTION OF UNDISTURBED GROUND OR COMPACT
BACKFILL TO MEET CITY STANDARDS.
2. RESTORE PAVEMENT TO R5 ORIGIMAL COMMON IMMEDIATELY FOLLOWING
BACKFIWNG OR WHEN CONCRETE 15 CURED.
A EXCEPT FOR WINTER OR OMER WEATHER COND00N5 WHICH PREVENT PAVING,
COMPLETE PAVING. RESURFACING. OR FAOIITY REPLACEMENT :
• ON PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL MAJOR OR COLLECTOR STREET WITHIN 3 CALENDAR
DAYS.
• ON OTHER STREETS WITHIN 7 CALENDAR DAYS
B. FOR WORK PREVENTED DUE TO WEATHER:
•PROVIDE A TEMPORARY PATCH.
•PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION SCHEDULE ADDRESSING MEANS AND METHODS TO
MINIMIZE TRAFFIC DISRUPTION AND TO COMPLETE WORK AS QUICKLY AS
POSSIBLE
CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS
WORK IN R IOHf-cf-WAY
1. WHEN ACIIVIIY IS UNATTENDED. INSTALL A SIGN WITH MINIMUM TWO-INCH
LETTERS STATING PERMITEE OR COMPANY NAME, AND DAY AND EVENING
PHONE NUMBERS. TMC 11.08.140
2. INSTALL BARRICADES, SIGNS. WARNING TIGHTS, AND SAFELY DEVICES SUFFICIENT
TO NOTIFY PUBUC OF OBSTRUCTION OR TRAFFIC HAZARD. DEVICES MUST
REMAIN UNTIL THE OBSTRUCTION IS CLEARED AND THE RIGHT-OF-WAY IS
RESTORED. TMC 11.08.170A
3. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO FIRE STATIONS, FIRE HYDRANTS. FIRE ESCAPES. AND FIRE
FIGHTING EQUIPMENT. DAC 11.08.180
4. MAINTAIN ACCESS TO PROPERTY ADJOINING EXCAVATION OR SITE RORK.
5. PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL PROPERTY ADJOINING EXCAVATION OR SITE WORK.
6. RESTORE DISTURBANCE TO PRIVATE AND PUBLIC PROPERTY. DAC 11.08.220.E
7. DISTURBANCE OF SURVEY MONUMENTS AND MARKERS REQUIRES THE
DIRECTORS PREAPPROVAL A LICENSED SURVEYOR SHALL REPLACE DISTURBED
MONUMENTS AND MARKERS.
B. COMPLY WITH ALL STATE AND CITY LAWS AND PROCEDURES TO PROTECT
PUBUC FROM AIR, WATER AND NOISE POLLUTION. TMC 11.08.210
9. INSTALL TEMPORARY SIDEWALK OR CURB RAMP IF PERMANENT IS BLOCKED.
nC 11.08
.220
10. COVER OPEN EXCAVATION WITH NON-SKID STEEL PLATES RAMPED TO ELEVATION
OF CONTIGUOUS RIGHT OF WAY SURFACE. TMC 11.08.220
11. STORE ALL STOCKPILE MATERIAL SHALL BE STORED IN A SAFE MANNER TO
PROTECT THE PUBLIC.
STORM DRAINAGE NOTES
1. ALL METHODS AND MATERWS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT
GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. AND THE CURRENT
KING COUNTY SURFACE WATER DESIGN MANUAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED.
2. MARK ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS WITH 'DUMP N0 WASTE'AND EITHER "DRAINS
TO STREAMS, 'DRAINS TO WETLANDS', OR "DRAINS TO GROUNDWATER'. AS
APPUCABLE.
3. DRIVEWAY CULVERTS SHALL DE OF SUFFICIENT LENOM TO PROVIDE A MINIMUM
3:1 SLOPE FROM THE EDGE OF THE DRIVEWAY TO THE BOTTOM OF THE
DITCH. CULVERTS SHALL HAVE BEVELED END SECTIONS THAT MATCH THE
SIDE SLOPE
4. SINGLE FAMILY RESIDENCES CONSTRUCTED ON LOTS CREATED BY SUBDMSION
MUST PROVIDE DOWNSPOUT INFILTRATION SHOWN ON THE APPROVED PLANS
5. COORDINATE FINAL STUB -OUT LOCATIONS WITH THE UTILITIES INSPECTOR.
PROVIDE A WIRE OR OTHER DETECTOR DEVICE AND 1ARK STUB -OUT
LOCATION MTH A 5-FOOT 2'I4' STATE, BURIED 4-FEET AND LABELED
STORM' OR "DRAIN'.
SANITARY SEWER NOTES
I. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT
GUIDELINES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED. •
2. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK THE END OF THE SIDE SEWER, INSIDE THE
PROPERTY UNE, WSH A 4 FOOT PRESSURE TREATED 2 X 4, BURIED IN THE
GROUND 4 FEET. THE BURIED END SHALL L HAVE A 2 X 4 CLEAT HALED TO
TT TO PREVENT WRHORAWAL OF THE STAKE. THE EXPOSED 1-FOOT SHALL
RE PAINTED TRAFFIC YELLOW AND THE DEPTH TO THE SIDE SEWER 0R TEE
SHALL BE INDICATED IN BLACK PAINT.
3. INSTALL SANITARY SEWER LINES AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY, MEASURED
EDGE TO EDGE, FROM ANY EXISTING OR PROPOSED WATER SUPPLY AND AT
LEAST 18 INCHES BELOW THE BOTTOM OF A WATER UNE
WA7Efl SUPPLY NOTES
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CORPORATE STOPS, WATER SEIMCE UNES, AND
METERS. THE CITY OF TUKWILA WILL INSTALL THE 9E1EN5.
2. PRESSURE TEST ALL WATER MAINS AND APPURTENANCES.
3. FLUSH AND DISINFECT NEW. CLEWED, OR REPAIRED WATER MAINS AND PROVIDE
BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING RESULTS 70 CRY.
4. INSTALL RESTRAINED JOINTS AT ALL BENDS, TEES, AND OTHER DIRECTION
CHANGES.
5. ALL WATER MAINS SHALL HAVE A BLOW -OFF ASSEMBLY AT LOW POINT AND AN
AIR VACUUM RELIEF VALVE AT HIGH POINT OF MAN.
6. INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 50 R STANDS PLUMB AND SO THAT THE
LOWEST OUTLET IS AT IRABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE. THE ASSEMBLY SHALL
HAVE A CLEAR ZONE AROUND HYDRANT OF AT LEAST WAND THE PUMPER PORT
SHALL FACE STREET OR FIRE ACCESS.
7. THE INSTALLER OF A FIRE UNE BACT(FLOW PREVENTION DEVICE INSTALLED
OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AND UNDERGROUND. SHALL HAVE A LEVEL 11 CERTIFICATE
OF COMPETENCY OR A LEVEL U CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY. IF
THE INSTALLER IS DIFFERENT FROM 114E BACKFLOW PREVENTION DESIGNER. THE
INSTALLER MUST SUMP, SIGN. AND DATE THE PUNS, IN A00T10N TO THE
DESIGNERS STAMP, 51GNATURE, AND DATE
8. INSTALL WATER OWNS CROSSING SEWER UNES SO THAT THE BOTTOM OF THE
WATER MAIN IS AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE IRE TOP OF THE SEWER. LOCATE
FULL SECTION OF WATER PIPE SO THAT ITS MIDPOINT IS ABOVE THE SEWER PIPE
AT THE CROSSING. THIS INSTALLATION MAY REQUIRE SPECIAL STRUCTURAL
SUPPORT FOR THE WATER AND SEWER PIPE.
9. INSTALL WATER SUPPLY UNES AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY, MEASURED EDGE
TO EDGE, FROM ANY COSTING OR PROPOSED SEWER AND AT LEAST 1B INCHES •
ABOVE THE TOP OF A SEWER.
3' COMPACTED DEPTH -
CLASS 'B' A.C. PAVEMENT
6' COMPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED
ROCK BASE COURSE
12' SUBCRADE COMPACTED TO 95%
ASPHALT PAVING SECTION
NOT TO SHALE
8' MIN
1'
ASPHALT
EXTRUDED CONCRETE CURB DETAIL
NOT TO SCALE
,, b,.
c1' � A
r‘gpler--
N
IEN+axr Nc `1
A_ / w�l-4e,'"
PREIKRDEO FLLL
EIPA451001 OIHi
SECTION A -A
CURB DETAIL
J
NOTES:
1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS.
DRAINAGE, TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES, RIGHT OF WAY, ETC.
2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CLASS B OR BETTER THAN 5.1/2 SACK, 3000 PSI.
3. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE
GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS DEPARTMENT.
4. ALL DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALL BE A MINIMUM OF 6' THICK.
5. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A 3/8' X 5.1/2' EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED
LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE.
B. ALL WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWA/WSDOT PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS OR AS DIRECTED BY THE CITY OF TUKWILA.
7. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS.
8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB, GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE
NEXT JOINT.
N0100 SCALE
City of
Tukwila
RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY
ALTERNATE 2 OF 3
SHEET: RS-08B
REYAKW u: 08.03
.wRovu: B. SHELTON
L /S'COc9
: l
t1
�•y N
LJ cv
l� 80
co
J
0
0
cn
O
O
U
J
2.
JG (\
btliOk
U
D_
U
CC
'
Z
F
cn
3 co
cr
a.3T�
Y J
W W u7
U 0�
m
O
Rn
2
u
LaJ
z
0
rve tnlrence\10431—d.cng Lane/Iime:f/[0/2019 12:
4
STRANDER BC JLEVARD - EXISTI, G CONDITIONS
Al 9.9
TP4
A8
A2 A3 A4
m
73
03
G
0
A7 A6
IF
TP5
A5
NOTE:
ALL PROPERTY BOUNDARIES,
WETLAND AND DATA PLOT
(DP) LOCATIONS ARE
APPROXIMATE ONLY.
TP6
0
STANDARD 50'
WETLAND BUFFER
REDUCED 25'
WETLAND BUFFER
WETLAND A - CAT. IV
APPROX. 1,265 SF
50
100
r.L1-EY HIc'H� AY
W EST �d r
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
INTERURBAN TRAIL
PROPERTY BOUNDARY
200
11 E .smi
GRAPHIC SCALE
S( )I LNI)\'IE.\C CONS[ I "1 \N I'S, I.I.C. ASSUMES
NO I.I.\BILITY OR RI.SI'( )NSIBILITY FOR
CONSTRUCTION, I.\IPRO\ I1\1I:NTS, OR
I:STIi\t\TI•S B:\Skl) ON THIS 1)1.:\N SET
_t
D F' 3
DP 2
DP 7
TUKWILA STATION ACCESS ROAD
DP 1
DP 9 DP 8
DP 10 PROPERTY BOUNDARY
DATE: 7/10/2018
JOB: 1244.0003
BY: DS
SCALE: SEE GRAPHIC
1
SHEET 1 OF 4
nR�O►FT FIR RFVIFW
u1*
0 5 10
6' CNCRRY
LOT 2
\
EXISTING
JACK N TFE BOX
6' CHERRY
EX. ASPHALT Md
0,
Ex. CB
RIN • 236
E NN • 21.25 6'
A ,NY • 21I5 6' PN
6' CAE
Ex. C6 0/SOUR LXI
• 10' Co('RRY(2)
6OEI11 RIBUT
A. (P
URBACE CAN ON
704
SIG,
K Ex CB
`0 RM . 24 1
N RN . 10.1 12' TIP
MULL NEW
SCUD UD
AREA Or AROFI0AL nl 1
(ESL 011ERIE00 P06FR1 ,
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PLAN
1-
EA 60' RO.W.
tr. AWHILE
211
E0 SOuARE BOLLARDS TO BE REINMD
461, O1,// M6 I'
OE6ICML
I
ORPMVAY
/� �\ \
\ \\ prf5 // \ \
\ \
• ?1
I
r• •am\ \ /
-----------
\\% \ __ '1� -
-- c---, /
23.70
Ig
Ex. CB 50L10 LID
RIO . 23.6 (AD.NAIEO TO NEW SAAOE)
N,I My • 21 15 12' pp
5 Ma • 20.611' OP
Ex
RN . 26.6
STRUCi1AE TULL 0T ;WEN
POSSBIE DETENTION TNPN *ITN 36' TO 46'
NETµ PIPE TO NORM
\\
i 11
5
•ENCE MEANDERS FROM
03Y • OE LIME 10 0.6'f
E Of LNE
N ITEX
.
IILSL
P
HATCH EX.
pl
VW POLE
cowl
RN • 24 2
N TROIP W OUT TO
UTAITY POLE CENTER CHANNEL • 19.7
IDOS NO
TACO BELL
1M130.16i1' 337,14'
-C
El A96ML7 PAIN
CA MID BLACK
/�
----------------
I Ex CB (665TAL1 NEW SOD LA)
1011 - 231 (ADJUST RSI EE•21A)
I (.3 Rq' • 16.6 LT OP
I Q p (EX OVERHEAD P06(R)
I .,
1 IUSALL I!! CO
YM! I ru eSMDA1D OWL
1OTERO 2z Sr STOW
RIUo(•10.65 (10204 ETC)
\C
\\o •0
\ \3-
\\ ( �e
e
Ex. CB
\\
P
Rai • 25.1 (RRo 1'x AWN( GROUND LENT)
\ \ N,5.1r ,N/ • 16 1 11' TIP
1
P
APP100AI1E Abu Of
AR10ICI1 7l
O
RCN 5P 064-65
8702036006
ASPNµT PARA
501'lO IS'T SSal3• /
/ei-x6/
1
a
•
RN
0
30 60
120
60' DEDICATED
R.0.17
EX JACK 91 THE BNI
EX. 041EERUR5N7 TRAIL
A4'1!'39
R00.970.
Art.77.2‘
Gl'16'10-
Rod .103000'
Are.22.82'
EL U➢
t
LIMIT OF WORK UNDER
THIS APPLICATION
Ex. TACO BELL
TRAIL
COVER SHEET
DRIVEWAY ENTRANCE PLAN
A PORTION OF THE NORTHEAST OUARTER OF THE NORTHWEST OUARTER OF SECTION 25,
TOWNSHIP 23 N, RANGE 4 E, WILLAMETTE MERIDIAN, CITY OF TUKWILA, KING COUNTY, WASHINGTON
P.S.P.
FUTURE DEVELOPMENT
8
v
501'I2'22 E 550.93'
-� Ex
LEGEND:
PROPOSED TYPE 0 CATCH BASIN
PROPOSED TYPE I CATCH BASIN
EXISTING TYPE II CATCH BASIN
EXISTING TYPE I CATCH BASIN
PROPOSED STORY DRAINAGE UNE m
EXISTING STORY DRAINAGE UNE
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER MANHOLE
EXISTING SANITARY SEWER UNE
EXISTING WATERMNN
EXISTING FILE HYDRANT
EXISTING WATER VALVE
PROPOSED SPOT ELEVATIONS
EXISTING SPOT ELEVATIONS
EXISTING CONTOURS
PROPOSED CONTOURS
PROPOSED PAVEMENT
0
•
0
O
--- 100 --
8
............................._.............._................
-11 ____________________� TKfERUReAK_____..___.__._.___ _
N7......
II
II
FUTURE DEVELOPMENT _ e
II
II
II M01.20'15YI
II
n J
-00‘
569.91'
2s_wErLAIM FUTURE DEVEL oeMENr
. — EX. BURgNG
•
Ex. MPAR
CONTRACTOR SHALL RE FULLY RESPONSIBLE FOR OBTAINING PERMITS FROM THE
WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES FOR REU0NNG AND
REPLACING ALL SURVEY UONUMENTATION THAT NAY BE AFFECTED BY CONSTRUCTION
ACTIVITY, PURSUANT TO WAC 332-120. APPLICATIONS MUST BE COMPLETED BY A
REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR. APPUCATIOFS FOR PERMITS TO REMOVE 140NUUENTS
MAY BEOBTAINEDFROM THE WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL
RESOURCES, 0R BY CONTACTING TNEER OFFICE BY TELEPHONE AT (206) 902-1190.
WASHINGTON STATE DEPARTMENT OF NATURAL RESOURCES
PUBLIC LAND SURVEY OFFICE
1111 WASHINGTON STREET S.E.
P.O. BOX 47060
OLYMPIA, WASHINGTON 98504-7060
UPON COMPLETION OF CONSTRUCTION. ALL MONUMENTS DISPLACED, REMOVED, OR
DESTROYED SHALL BE REPLACED BY A REGISTERED LAND SURVEYOR, AT THE COST AND
AT THE DIRECTION OF THE CONTRACTOR, PURSUANT TO THESE REGULATIONS. THE
APPROPRIATE FORMS FOR REPLACEMENT OF SAID MONUMENTATION SHALL ALSO BE THE
RESPONSIBILITY OF THE CONTRACTOR.
SOUTNCENTER BLVD. SW
TUKWILA PKw7
STRANDER BLVD.
1
6
VICINITY MAP
SURVEY INFORMATION
LEGAL DEscr4PTIOAk
(TILE REPORT NOT PRONGED)
A PORTION OF P.S. EL RR IN THE N.E. 1/4 OF THE N.W. I/4
OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP 23 NORM, RANGE 4 EAST. W.M.
TOPOGR4PMCAL SITE SURVEY
FOR PUGET WESTERN
LOCATED IN THE N.E. 1/4, OF THE N.W. I/4,
OF SECTION 25, TOWNSHIP 23 NORM. RANGE 4PRJD_RANGE_D
BASIS OF BEARBVCS
THE EAST LINE OF CRY OF TUKWILA S.P. NO. L970053, UNDER
KING COUNTY RECORDING N0. 9804219002, BEING NO1'22'2211'.
VF9TTICAL DATUM
NGVD 29, PER NATIONAL FLOOD INSURANCE MAP
MVO -MARK:
PK,46. AND S@IER SET w SOUTHWEST CORNER OF WOOD
WINSWALL ON THE STREET RAILROAD BRIDGE OVER GREEN
RIVER. 0.30 MILE SOUTH ALONG THE RIVER FROM THE STRANGER
BOULEVARD BRIDGE OVER GREEN RIVER
ELITATION . 31.96'
SITE TEMPORARY BENCHMARK (SITE 78MT
SET PK NAIL WEST OF CENTERLINE OF ASPHALT TRAIL
AT GATE IN FENCE TO WENDY'S PARKING LOT
ELEVATION . 23.38'
CONTOUR IIVTERVAL7
2.00 U.S. FEET
BOUNDARY NOTE
BOUNDARY LINES AND DIMENSIONS SHOWN ARE NOT
INTENA TITLE TREPRT WAS NOT PROVIDED. ONLY O DEPICT ACTUAL PROPERTY OWN
MAPS. THE BOUNDARY AS SNOA'N DOES DEPICT A PORTION
OF THE P.S.P. & L CO. RIGHT OF .WAY LY7NG SOUTHERLY OF
THE CENTERLINE OF BOW LAKE PPE LINE (SAID) RIGHT OF
WAY AS SHOWN ON CITY OF 7UKW/LA S.P. ND. L970053
EXTENDED EAST, AND NORTHERLY OF A 60' STRIP OF LAND
FOR STREET RIGHT OF WAY DEDICATED TO THE CITY OF
TUKWILA UNDER RECORDING NO. 94091308i7.
INDEX OF SHEETS
CI OF 3 COVER SHEET
C2 OF 3 DRIVEWAY EXTENSION PLAN
C3 OF 3 CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS
CALL BEFORE YOU DIG
1-800-424-5555
w
6
8
5
8
COVER SHEET
3 -
5 8
(nun' OO FIJCT NOTE
CAUTKNNN
THE CONTRACTOR SHALL BE RESPONSIBLE FOR VERIFYING THE LOCATION, 0MEN510N, AND DEPTH
OF ALL EXISTING URUTIES WHETHER SHOWN ON THESE PLANS 0R N07 BY POTHOUNG THE
UTILRLES AND SURVEYING THE NORLZONTAL AND VERTICAL LOCATION PRIOR TO CONSTRUCTION.
TINS SHALL INCLUDE CALLING UTILITY LOCATE O 1-800-424-5555 AND THEN POTHOUNG
N1 OF THE DUSTING UTIINES AT LOCATIONS OF NEW UTILITY CROSSINGS TO PHYSICALLY
VERIFY WHETHER OR NOT CONTUCTS EXIST. LOCATIONS OF SAID U1ILRIES AS SHOWN ON THESE
PLANS ARE BASED UPON THE UNVERIFIED PUBLIC INFORMATION AND ARE SUBJECT TO VARIATION.
I CONFUCTS SHOULD OCCUR, THE CONTRACTOR SHALL CONSULT BARGHNISEN
CONSULTING ENGINEERS, INC. 70 RESOLVE ALL PROBLEMS PRIOR TO PROCEEDING WITH
CONSTRUCTION.
10/04/2002 14:00 Scale: 1=50 mboukal %refs:
F
8
031
a
4
CONSTRUCTION NOTES AND DETAILS
QaEBALBCM
1. AT LEAST ONE WEEK BEFORE BEGINNING CONSTRUCTION. CONTACT
PUBLIC WORKS UTILITIES INSPECTOR AND SCHEDULE A
PRECONSTRUCTION MEETING.
2. KITH! THE UTIUBES INSPECTOR AT 206-433-0179 AT LEAST 48
HOURS (2 WORMING DAYS) BEFORE STARTING PROJECT SITE WORK.
3. REOUEST A PUBLIC WORKS UTILITY INSPECTION AT LEAST 24 HOURS
1 WORKING DAY) N ADVANCE BY CAGING 206-433-0179.
1. THE CONTRACTOR ASSUMES SOLE RESPONSIBNTY FOR WORKER SAFETY.
AND DAMAGE TO STRUCTURES AND WPROVEMENTS RESULTING FROM
CONSTRUCTION OPERATIONS.
5. ME CONTRACTOR SHALL HAVE THE PERMITS) AND COMMONS. THE
APPROVED PLANS, AND A CURRENT COPY OF CITY CC TUKWIU
DEVELOPMENT WIDE1NES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS
AVNIABIE AT ME .108 SITE.
6. ALL WORK SHALL CONFORM TO THESE APPROVED DRAWINGS. ANY
CHANCES FROM THE APPROVED PUNS REQUIRE PRE -APPROVAL FROM
THE OWNER. THE ENGINEER. AND THE CITY OF TUKW4A
7. ALL METHODS AND MATERIALS SHALL MEET CITY OF 1UKWILA
DEVELOPMENT El10DINE5 AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS,
UNLESS OTMERWISE APPROVED 8Y THE PUBLIC WORKS DIRECTOR.
& CONTRACTOR SHALL MAINTAIN A CURRENT SET OF RECORD DRAWINGS
ON -SITE.
9. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE RECORD DRAWINGS PRIOR TO PROUECT
FINAL APPROVAL
10. CONTRACTOR SHALL PROVIDE TRAFFIC CONTROL AND STREET
MAINTENANCE PLAN FOR PUBLIC WORKS APPROVAL BEFORE
WPLEMENTATION.
I1. ALL SURVEnNG FOR PUBLIC FACILITIES SHALL BE DONE UNDER THE
DIRECTION OF A WASHINGTON LICENSED LAND SURVEYOR. VERTICAL
DATUM SHALL 8E NAVD 1988. FOR PROJECTS WITHIN A ROOD
CONTROL ZONE, THE PERMITIEE SHALL PROVIDE CONVERSION
CALCULATIONS TO NGVD 1929. HORIZONTAL DATUM SHALL BE STATE
PINE COORDINATES.
12. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL REPLACE. OR RELOCATE ALL SIGNS DAMAGED
OR REMOVED WE TO CONSTRUCTION
GRADNQ AND EROSION CONTROL NOTES
1. THE EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL (ESC) MEASURES
ON WRITE APPROVED PUNS ARE IMAM REQUIREMENTS.
2. BEFORE BEGINNING ANY CONSTRUCTION ACTMTIS. ESTABLISH THE
CLEARING LIMITS AND INSTAL CONSTRUCTION ENTRANCE
3. BEFORE ANY GROUND 06TURBANCE OCCURS. ALL DOWNSTREAM
EROSION PREVENTION AND SEDIMENT CONTROL MEASURES (ESC) MUST
BE CONSTRUCTED AND N OPERATION. INSTALL AND MANUIN ALL ESC
MEASURES ACCORDING TO THE ESC POUR.
4. ESC MEASURES, INCLUDING ALL PERIMETER CONTROLS, SHALL REMAIN
IN PUCE UNTIL FINAL SITE CONSTRUCTION 6 COMPLETED AND
PERMANENT STAEU2ATION 6 ESTABLISHED.
•
5. FROM WY 1 THROUGH SEPTEMBER 30. PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND
PENN/ENT COVER MEASURES TO PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS 1/AT
WILL REMAIN UNWONTED FOR SEVEN DAYS OR MORE.
6. FROM OCTOBER I THROWN ARIL 30, PROVIDE TEMPORARY AND
PERMANENT COVER MEASURES TO PROTECT DISTURBED AREAS THAT
WILL REMAIN UNWORKED FOR IW0 DAYS OR MORE. N ADDITION TO
COVER MEASURES. THE CONTACTOR SHALL:
•PROTECT STOCKPILES AND STEEP CUT AND FILL SLOPES G UNWONTED
FOR MORE THAN 12 HOURS.
• •STOCKPILE ON 9R. ENOUGH COVER MATERIALS TO COVER ALL
DISTURBED AREAS.
7. BY OCTOBER 8, SEED ALL AREAS THAT WILL REMAIN UNWORKED
DURING THE WET SEASON (OCTOBER 1 114905 RH RRIL 30). MULCH
ALL SEEDED AREAS.
I. ALL TRENCH ExCAVATON OPERATIONS SHALL MEET OR EXCEED ALL
, APPUCABLE SHORING LAWS FOR TRENCHES. ALL TRENCH SAFETY
SYSTEMS SHALL MEET WNSHA REOOIRENENTS.
2. PUCE POWER CABLE. FIBER OPTICS, AND TELEPHONE LINES S IN A
TRENCH WITH A 5' MINIMUM HORIZONTAL SEPARATION FROM OTHER
UNDERGROUND UINTIES
3. ADJUST ALL MANHOLES, CATCH BASINS, AND VALVES IN PUBLIC
RIGHTS -OE -WAY OR EASEMENTS AFTER ASPHALT PAVING.
PAVEMENT RESTORAIICI4
1. COMPACT BACKFILL TO COMPANION OF UNDISTURBED GROUND OR COMPACT
8A0KFILL TO MEET CRY STANDARDS
2. RESTORE PAVEMENT TO ITS ORIGINAL CONDITION WMEDMTELY FOLLOWING
RACKFILUNG OR WHEN CONCRETE 6 CAM.
A EKCEPT FOR WINTER OR OTHER WEATHER CONOOONS WHICH PREVENT PAVING,
COMPLETE PAVING, RESURFACING. OR FACILITY REPLACEMENT
• ON PRINCIPAL ARTERIAL MANOR OR COLLECTOR STREET MEM 3 CALENDAR
DAYS.
• ON OTHER STREETS WITHIN 7 CALENDAR DAYS
8. FOR WORK PREY7.H1ED DUE TO WEATHER:
•PROVIDE A TEMPORARY PATCH.
• PROVIDE A CONSTRUCTION SGHEOLLE ADDRESSING MEANS AND METHODS TO
MINIMIZE TRAFFIC DISRUPTION AND TO COMPLETE WORK AS OUICKIY AS
POS98LE.
Wait N RIOHT-OF-WAY
1. WHEN ACTMTY 6 UNATTENDED. INSTALL A SON VAN UWULAI 1W0-0404
LETTERS STATING PERMTTRE OR COMPANY NAME, AND DAY AND EVENING
PHONE NUMBERS. TUC 11.08.140
2. INSTALL BARRICADES, SIGS, WARNING LIGHTS, AND SAFETY DEVICES SUFFx2ENT
TO NOTIY PUBLIC OF OBSTRUCTION OR TRAFFIC HAZARD. DEVICES MUST
KHAN UNTIL THE OBSTRUCTION 6 CLEARED AND ME WONT -OF -WAY 6
RESTORED. TUC 11.08.170A
3, UANTAIN ACCESS TO ENE STATIONS, FIRE HYDRANTS. FIRE ESCAPES, AND FIRE
90MINC EQUIPMENT. TUC 11.08.180 •
4. MAINTAN ACCESS TO PROPERTY ADJOINING EXCAVATION OR SITE .WORK.
5. PRESERVE AND PROTECT ALL PROPERTY ADONTNG EXCAVATION OR SITE WORN.
6. RESTORE DISTURBANCE TO PRIVATE AND PUBLIC PROPERTY. TUC 11.08.220.0
7. DISTURBANCE OF SURVEY MONUMENTS AND MARKERS REQUIRES THE
ERECTORS PREAPPROVAL A LICENSED SURVEYOR SHALL REPLACE DISTURBED
MONUMENTS AND WRITERS.
8. COMPLY WITH ALL STATE AND CITY LAWS AND PROCEDURES TO PROTECT
PUBLIC FROM AIL WATER AND NOSE POLLUTION. 1UC 11.08.210
9. INSTALL TEMPORARY SIDEWALK OR CURB RAMP IF PERUMER 6 BLOCKED.
DAC 11.08.220
10. COVER OPEN EXCAVATION W111 NON -SOD STEEL PLATES RAMPED TO ELEVATION
OF CONTIGUOUS RIGHT OF WAY SURFACE. TUC 11.08.220
11. STORE ALL STOCKPILE MATERIAL SHALL BE STORED N A SAFE MANNER TO
PROTECT THE PUBLIC.
?TORN MANAGE NOTES
ALL METHODS AND MATERWS SHALL MEET MY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT
ERDEUNES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS. AND THE CURRENT
KING COUNTY SURFACE WATER DESIGN WAAAL, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED.
2. MARK ALL STORM DRAIN INLETS WITH TWO, NO WASTE' AND EITHER TRAINS
TO STREAMS', TRAINS TO WETLANDS, OR TRANS TO GROUNDWATER, AS
APPTICABLE.'
3. ORNEWAY CULVERTS SHALL 8E OF SUFFICIENT LENGTH TO PRONE A MINIMUM
3:1 SLOPE FROM TIE EDGE OF THE DRIVEWAY TO THE BOTTOM OF THE
DITCH. CULVERTS SHALL NAVE BEVELED END SECTIONS THAT MATCH THE
510E SLOPE,
SINGLE FAMILY RESIOENCES CONSTRUCTED ON LOTS CREATED. BY Su80A510N
MUST PROVIDE DOWNSPOUT INFILTRATION SHOWN ON THE APPROVED PLANS
' 5... COORDINATE FOAL' STUB -OUT LOCATIONS -VAN THE "UFDITLES INSPECTOR. ,... .
PRONOE A WIRE OROTHERDETECTOR DEVICE. AND. WAX STUB -OUT
LOCATION WON A 5-FOOT 2x4.5TAKE, BURLED 4-FEET AND LABELED
STORM' OR -DRAW.
BagrealaetallEM
1. ALL METHODS AND MAIERWS SHALL MEET CITY OF TUKWILA DEVELOPMENT
GIADELNES AND DESIGN AND CONSTRUCTION STANDARDS, UNLESS OTHERWISE
APPROVED.
L THE CONTRACTOR SHALL MARK TIRE END OF THE SIDE SLIER INSIDE THE
PDPERIY LINE. WITH A 4 FOOT PRESSURE TREATED 2 x 4. BURIED N THE
GROUND 4 FEET. THE BURIED END SHALL HAW A 2 x 4 CLEAT NAILED TO
IT TO PREVENT WITNORAWAL OF THE STAKE. THE EXPOSER 1-FOOT SHALL
BE PANTED TRAFFIC YELLOW AND ME DEPTH TO THE 90E SEWER OR TEE
SHALL BE INDICATED IN BLACK PAINT.
3. INSTALL SANITARY SEWER UNES AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY. MEASURED
EDGE TO EDGE, ERMA ANY EXISTING OR PROPOSED WATER SUPPLY AND AT
LEAST 18 INCHES BELOW THE BOTTOM OE A RATER LNE.
WATER SUPPLY NOTES
1. THE CONTRACTOR SHALL INSTALL CORPORATE STOPS. WATER SERVICE UNES, AND
METERS. THE OTT OF TUKWILA WILL INSTALL THE METERS.
2. PRESSURE EST ALL WATER AWNS AND APPURTENANCES.
3. RUSH AND 061NFECT NEW. CLEANED. OR REPAIRED WATER MAINS AND PROVIDE
BACTERIOLOGICAL TESTING RESULTS TO CITY.
4. INSTALL RESTRAINED JOINTS AT ALL RENDS, TEES, AND OTHER DIRECTION
CHARGES.
5. ALL WATER MAINS SMALL HAVE A BLOW -OFF ASSEMBLY AT LOW PONT AND AN
AN VACUUM RELIEF VALVE AT HIGH POINT OF WIN.
•
6. INSTALL FIRE HYDRANT ASSEMBLY 50 I1 STANDS PLUMB AND SO THAT THE
LOWEST OUTSET 6 AT 18'ABOVE THE FINISHED GRADE. THE ASSEMBLY S%%AU.
NAVE A CLEAR ZONE AROUND HYDRANT OF AT LEAST 36'AF0 THE PUMPER PORT
SHALL FACE STREET OR FIRE ACCESS.
7. THE INSTALLER OF A FIRE LINE 6406LOW PREVENTION OEMCE RETAILED
OUTSIDE THE BUILDING AND UNDERGROUND, TALL HAVE A LEVEL m CERTIFICATE
OF COMPETENCY OR A LEVEL U CONTRACTORS CERTIFICATE OF COMPETENCY. 6
ME INSTALLER 6 DIFFERENT FROM THE BACHELOR PREVENTION DESIGNER. THE
INSTALLER MUST STAMP, SIGN, AND DATE ME PLANS, N ADDITION TO IRE
DESIGNERS STAMP. SIGNATURE, AND DATE.
8. INSTALL WATER MAINS CROSSING SEWER UNES SO THAT ME BOTTOM OF ME
WATER WIN 6 AT LEAST 18 INCHES ABOVE THE TOP OF 111E SEWER. LOCATE
Nu. SECTION OF WATER PIPE 50 THAT 115 MIDPOINT 6 ABOVE THE'SEWER PPE
AT NE CR059NG. THIS INSTALLATION WY REQUIRE SPECIAL STRUCTURAL
SUPPORT FOR THE WATER AND SEWER PPE.
' 9. INSTALL WATER SUPPLY LINES AT LEAST 10 FEET HORIZONTALLY, MEASURED EDGE
TO EDGE, FROM ANY EOSTNG OR PROPOSED SEWER AND AT LEAST 18 INCHES
ABOVE THE TOP OF A SEWER
3' COMPACTED DEPTH
CLASS T. AC. PAVEMENT
6- COMPACTED DEPTH CRUSHED
ROCK BASE COURSE
12' SUBGRADE COMPACTED TO 9511
ASPHALT PAVING SECTION
NOT TO SCALE
SECTION A -A
CURB DETAIL
NOTES:
1. THIS ALTERNATE SHOULD BE USED ONLY AFTER STUDYING CLOSENESS OF DRIVEWAYS.
DRAINAGE. TOPOGRAPHY, DRIVEWAY GRADES. RIGHT OF WAY, ETC.
2. CONCRETE SHALL BE CI ASS B OR BETTER THAN 5-12 SACK,.3000 PSI.
3. INSPECTION REQUIRED BEFORE PLACING CONCRETE. AT LEAST 24 HOUR NOTICE MUST BE
GIVEN TO TUKWILA PUBLIC WORKS. DEPARTMENT.
4. AU. DRIVEWAY APRONS SHALLBE A MINIMUM OF 6' THICK.
5. WHERE DRIVEWAY WIDTHS EXCEED 15', A3F8' X 5-12' EXPANSION JOINT SHALL BE PLACED
LONGITUDINALLY ALONG THE CENTERLINE.
6. AU. WORK SHALL BE PERFORMED IN ACCORDANCE WITH APWAFWSDOT PLANS AND
SPECIFICATIONS OR AS'DIRECTEDBY THE CITY OF TUKWILA.
7. AN ASPHALT APRON MAY BE USED IN AREAS WHERE NO CURB EXISTS.
8. REMOVAL OF EXISTING CONCRETE CURB. GUTTER OR SIDEWALK SHALL BE SAW CUT TO THE
NEXT JOINT.
MOTTO3CAA4
City of
Tukwila
RESIDENTIAL DRIVEWAY
ALTERNATE 2 OF 3
RS-088
11E9 41: 08.03
A^'ROY"A' B. SMELTON
•
L/r-0069
1
8
yr
1O
E0
81,
LL
A